Tenant Design Manual PDF

PHILADELPHIA INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
TENANT DESIGN and CONSTRUCTION MANUAL
City of Philadelphia
Department of Commerce
Division of Aviation
Revision March 26, 2008
PDF compression, OCR, web optimization using a watermarked evaluation copy of CVISION PDFCompressor
PREFACE
As part of the ongoing design and construction programs at the Philadelphia International
Airport (PHL) and the Northeast Philadelphia Airport (PNE), the City of Philadelphia
Division of Aviation (DOA) Design and Construction Engineering Department has
developed and adopted this document which is The Philadelphia International Airport
Tenant Design and Construction Manual (The Tenant Design & Construction Manual).
The Tenant Design & Construction Manual describes the codes, standards, details,
products and practices to be followed by Tenants, their design teams, and construction
teams. This document applies to all design and construction at all facilities overseen and
managed by the DOA. The DOA reserves the right, as Owner and Operator of all airport
facilities, and land on which tenant building or structures are constructed, to reject any
design or work that does not comply with the requirements of The Tenant Design &
Construction Manual.
All tenants and subtenants are required to obtain written approval from the DOA for all
improvements, alterations and additions to their leased space and Airport property prior
to commencing work.
The Tenant Design & Construction Manual has been developed to assist Tenants and
their design and construction teams in understanding the practices and policies that must
be incorporated into each project. It is encouraged in all cases that Tenants establish
ongoing communication with the DOA during their design and construction phases to
ensure that their facilities comply with all of the appropriate design standards and criteria.
For the purpose of this Manual: Tenant shall equal Tenant, Subtenant & Prospective
Tenant.
DISCLAIMER
The Tenant Design & Construction Manual is general in nature and does not address
every type of condition or detail design teams may encounter in their individual areas.
Tenants are therefore encouraged to develop an ongoing review process during early
design stages with the DOA Design and Construction Engineering Department to
determine specific design criteria and conditions which are acceptable to the DOA.
The Tenant Design & Construction Manual is dynamic in nature and may change from
time to time; revisions will be made available upon request. Tenants and their design and
construction teams must become familiar with these documents and shall be responsible
for remaining current with revisions to this document.
Additional copies of this manual can be obtained from the DOA Project Manager and are
available on the Airports website, www.phl.org.
ii
Tenant Design and Construction Manual

Philadelphia International Airport
Northeast Philadelphia Airport
Table of Contents
Preface...page i
Disclaimer.page ii
Table of Contents.pages iii - v
I.
Introduction...page 1
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
II.
Getting Started.page 13
A.
B.
C.
D.
III.
Purpose of Manual...page 1
Overview of Process....page 1
Tenant vs. DOA Responsibilities....page 4
Flow Diagrams...........pages 5-9
Aerial Planspages 10-12
Points of Contact.......page 13
Defining Scope of Work....page 14
Obtaining Record Drawings..page 15
Site Visit....page 15
Design Approval Process....page 16

A. Design Guidelines..page 16
B. Division of Aviation Review.page 17
C. Authority Having Jurisdiction Review and Permit....page 18
IV.
Pre-Construction Processpage 30
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Contractor Qualifications..page 30
Insurance.......page 30
Permits...page 31
Preconstruction Requirements...page 32
MarketPlace-Redwood Tenants....page 32
iii
V.
Constructionpage 33
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
VI.
Post Construction & Project Closeout.page 47

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
VII.
General Requirements.......page 33
Safety.................page 37
Security..page 40
Schedules...page 44
Protection of Property...page 44
Protection of Utilities....page 44
Site Mobilization...page 45
Notification Requirements....page 45
Inspections....page 45
Substantial Completion.page 46
Punch List..page 47
Warranties/Guarantees and Correction of Work...page 47
Certificates of Occupancy & Documentation.. page 48
Record As-Built Drawings....page 49
Guidelines for Submitting Record As-Built Drawings to DOApage 49
Design Guidelines...page 52
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Overview...page 52
Computer-Aided Drafting (CAD) Requirements..page 52
General Construction.page 53
Mechanical....page 62
Plumbing Systems.....page 72
Fire Protection Systems.....page 79
Electrical Systems.page 83
Special Systems and Fire Alarm...page 88
Security........page 102
LEED-CI.....page 112
Additional MarketPlace-Redwood Tenant Guidelines...page 112
iv
Appendices..page 151
A.
B.
C.
Airport Standard Detailspage 152

Standard CAD Details Indexpages 153-176
Building and Work Permit Applications.page 177

Application for Airport Permit Form........page 178
City of Philadelphia..page 179
Tinicum Township....page 180
Notification and Request Forms...page 181
Burn Permit......page 182
Notification of Core Drilling and Concrete Saw Cutting..page 183
Request for Door/Roof Access..............page 184
D.
LEED Sample Project Checklist Retail....page 185

LEED for Commercial Interiors v2.0 Retail.....page 186-187
E.
LEED Sample Project Checklist Food and Beverage......page 188

LEED for Commercial Interiors v2.0 (F&B)....page 189-190
F.
LEED Sample Project Checklist Office...page 191

LEED for Commercial Interiors v2.0 Office...page 192-193
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
CAD Design Standards....page 194-264

MarketPlace-Redwood Tenant Key Plans...............page 265-275
MarketPlace-Redwood Storefront Images..........page 276-281
Submission Checklist for Tenantspage 282-291
Floor Transition Details...page 292-367
PART I INTRODUCTION
A.
Purpose of Manual
This Tenant Design & Construction Manual has been established as a guide to assist the
tenant in developing a Tenant Premises Design which complies with the Division of
Aviations (DOA) practices and policies. Throughout this document, the Tenant
reference shall include the tenants architect, tenants engineer, tenants contractor, (and
sub-contractors) tenants vendor(s) and tenants construction staff. Additional design
criteria are required for concession spaces under the control of MarketPlace-Redwood
Limited Partnership (Landlord) include additional requirements. These additional
requirements have been incorporated into this manual.
All tenants developing facilities at Northeast Philadelphia Airport (PNE) and
Philadelphia International Airport (PHL) are required to comply with the applicable
provisions of the most current edition of The Tenant Design & Construction Manual
issued by the DOA. The DOA reserves the right, as manager of all airport facilities to
reject any design or work that does not comply with the DOAs requirements for design
and construction.
The following pages outline the design and construction process and provide criteria,
requirements and tenant responsibilities critical to the DOA. It is the tenants
responsibility to obtain this tenant package and distribute it to their design and
construction staff.
This document is not intended to usurp any local, state, national or federal codes or
regulations.
B.
Overview of Process
The following pages outline the requirements and procedures for approval of design and
construction of any tenant space at both PNE and PHL Airports. The tenant must comply
with any additional requirements which may be enacted by Authorities Having
Jurisdiction (AHJ) or any future updates to this manual. For jurisdiction specific
requirements, refer to the overall airport plan to determine if the tenant facility is located
in Tinicum Township or the City of Philadelphia. No improvements may be made
without written authorization by the DOA and the issuance of a DOA approval letter. All
MarketPlace-Redwood tenants must first be reviewed and approved by MarketPlaceRedwood Limited Partnership prior to being approved by the AHJ. A Point of Contact
should be established with DOA Engineering or an DOA Properties so that the following
steps may be taken to obtain DOA approval:
1. A tenant who leases or resides in a facility at PHL or PNE Airports and is
contemplating improvements should initially contact DOA Properties for the
particular space or facility proposed for improvement or construction. It is
Page 1 of 367
recommended that the tenant review their lease agreement prior to contacting
DOA Properties to determine if proposed improvements are limited or
restricted within the terms of their lease agreement. DOA Properties will
provide the tenant with a contact at DOA Engineering Department to
coordinate the designated approval process. MarketPlace-Redwood Limited
Partnership tenants shall contact the MarketPlace-Redwood contact.
2. Improvement to public areas within DOAs operational areas shall be
coordinated through the DOA Project Manager (PM) assigned to the project.
Questions and project information should be directed to the DOA PM.
3. Prior to commencement of tenant design, the tenant should visit the site, and
where applicable, review record construction documentation at the DOAs
office to understand the affects of the proposed construction. The tenant must
verify all conditions and dimensions prior to the start of construction. The
DOA Design and Construction Department is located:
International Plaza II
Suite 540
Philadelphia, PA 19153
4. The tenant must retain the services of a licensed professional architect and/or
engineer to design the tenant space. Professional architect and/or engineer
shall be licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
5. Each tenant is responsible for permit applications and obtaining necessary
approvals. Prior to applying for a building permit, the tenant must obtain an
approval letter from the DOA PM authorizing the tenant to submit for
building permit.
6. The following Codes, Regulations, Standards and Guidelines apply to work to
be completed in the City of Philadelphia:
Codes
International Building Code
International Electrical Code Administrative Procedures
International Energy Conservation Code
International Fire Code
International Fuel Gas Code
International Mechanical Code
City of Philadelphia Amendments to the International Codes
City of Philadelphia Plumbing Code
International Existing Building Code
ICC Performance Code
City of Philadelphia Zoning Code (August 1, 1999)
Page 2 of 367
Regulations, Standards and Guidelines

NFPA 415 Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings, Fueling Ramp Drainage,
Loading Walkways
Philadelphia Gas Works Field Services Department Piping Specification and
Equipment Installation Manual
Philadelphia Gas Works Specification for Installing Privately Owned
Underground Natural Gas Piping
City of Philadelphia Water Department Regulations
City of Philadelphia Water Department Industrial Waste Pretreatment Guidelines
(215-685-6233)
FAA Regulations
DHS/TSA Guidelines
Division Of Aviation Operations and Division Of Aviation Security Guidelines
PADEP Regulations
City of Philadelphia Water Department Standard Details and Specifications for
Sewers
City of Philadelphia Water Department Water Main Standard Details and
Corrosion Control Specifications
Philadelphia Division of Health Regulations (215-685-7495)
Philadelphia Water Department Cross Connection Control Regulations (215-6851420)
Other Codes and Requirements that may be deemed to be applicable
International Building Code 2006, Chapter 11 (Accessibility) and Accessibility
Advisory Board (Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry)
Other codes and Requirements may be deemed to be applicable
Note: Accessibility appeals within the City of Philadelphia are reviewed and
enforced by the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry.
Submissions should be mailed to:
Buildings Section
Bureau of Occupational and Industrial Safety
Department of Labor and Industry
1600 Labor and Industry Building
Harrisburg, PA 17120
(P) 717-787-3323
Page 3 of 367
7. The following Codes apply to work to be completed in Tinicum Township:

Codes
International Building Code
International Electrical Code Administrative Procedures
International Energy Conservation Code
International Fire Code
International Fuel Gas Code
International Mechanical Code
International Plumbing Code/City of Philadelphia Plumbing Code*
International Existing Building Code
ICC Performance Code
Tinicum Townships Zoning Requirements
International Building Code 2003, Chapter 11 (Accessibility) and Accessibility
Advisory Board (Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry)
NFPA
City of Philadelphia Plumbing Code
Other Codes and Requirements may be deemed to be applicable
*Note:
C.
Since a majority of the airport terminal building sanitary flows to the

City of Philadelphia, Tinicum Township recognizes the City of
Philadelphia Plumbing Code in some cases . The design professional
shall confirm the applicable plumbing code to adhere with Tinicum
Township officials.
Tenant vs. DOA Responsibilities

The tenant must refer to the lease agreement to determine the extent of conditions
provided by the DOA and the occupancy provisions required by the tenant. Clarification
as to which improvements are provided by the landlord through the lease agreement (i.e.
utilities and their connections) shall be coordinated through the tenant contact at DOA
Properties.
D.
Flow Diagrams
See Flow Diagrams on pages 5-9 for Construction and Permitting Process for New
Tenants, Construction and Permitting Process for Existing Tenants, AHJ and PreConstruction Process and Construction Phase Flow Diagram. These diagrams are general
in nature and provide a simplified sequence for completing both the design and
construction phases of a tenant design.
E.
Aerial Plans
See Aerial Plans on pages 10-12.
Page 4 of 367
FLOW DIAGRAMS
CONSTRUCTION AND PERMITTING PROCESS FOR NEW TENANTS
CONSTRUCTION AND PERMITTING PROCESS FOR EXISTING TENANTS
AHJ AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION PROCESS
CONSTRUCTION PHASE FLOW DIAGRAM
Page 5 of 367
CONSTRUCTION AND PERMITTING PROCESS FOR NEW TENANTS
New Tenant
Contact DOA
Properties to set up
lease agreement.
New Facility or space

or a change to the
Airports ALP
YES
Contact DOA
Planning
NO
Contact DOA
Engineering
Tenant Hires Design

Team (RA or PE)
Complete
Environmental
Assessment and FAA
7460 Form
Design Team To Confirm

Existing Conditions:
Obtain Record Drawings
Perform site investigation
Complete Concept Design and Submit

to DOA Engineering for Review
(Review time frame - 3 weeks)
Address Concept Design

Comments
Submit Permit Documents to DOA Engineering

for Review:
1 Original and 8 copies (signed/sealed)
Disk (CAD file)
Obtain Written Authorization from

DOA Engineering that Documents
are Acceptable
Page 6 of 367
Proceed with AHJ Permitting

Process.
CONSTRUCTION AND PERMITTING PROCESS FOR EXISTING TENANTS

Existing Tenant
Contact DOA
Engineering
New Facility or space

or a change to the
Airports ALP
YES
Contact DOA
Planning
NO
YES
Coordinate all work

with DOA
Engineering
Minor repairs and

wear-and-tear (as
defined by DOA)
NO
Complete
Environmental
Assessment and FAA
7460 Form
Tenant Hires Design

Team (RA or PE)
Design Team to Confirm

Existing Conditions:
Obtain Record Dwgs
Perform site
investigation
Complete Concept Design and Submit
to DOA Engineering for Review
(Review time frame 3 weeks)
Address Concept Design
Comments
Submit Permit Documents to DOA Engineering

for Review:
1 Original and 8 copies (signed/sealed)
Disk (CAD file)
Obtain Written Authorization from

DOA Engineering that Documents
are Acceptable
Page 7 of 367
Proceed with AHJ Permitting

Process.
AHJ AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION PROCESS
After DOA has

approved the
design documents
Hire Contractor
Submit Document for Permits to:

City of Philadelphia, or
Tinicum Township
Tinicum Township
Submit Permit
Documents and Permit
Forms to City of
Philadelphia Licenses
and Inspections for
Permit
Submit Permit
Forms to Tinicum
Township for Review
and Approval
Submit Permit
Forms to City of
Philadelphia
Department of Health
Submit Permit
Forms to Tinicum
Township Department
of Health.
Schedule a Pre-Construction
Meeting with DOA Engineering
Page 8 of 367
CONSTRUCTION PHASE FLOW DIAGRAM
Preconstruction Meeting
*Must be attended by the Tenant and the
Tenant Contractor
Obtain SIDA
Badges
Check List
1) Building Permit
2) Certificate of Insurance
3) Record Copy of the
Approved or Approved
as Noted Construction
Contract Documents (1
Hard Copy, 1 Electronic
Copy on Disk in CAD
Format)
4) Construction Schedule with
Milestones
5) Contact List of Names and
Phone Numbers for the
Tenant and Contractors.
Include 24-hour/7-day
Emergency Availability
6) Final CAD disk for
Drawing Records
DOA to Issue Notice to

Proceed to Contractor
Begin Construction Activity

* Submit DOA Requested
Shop Drawings for
Approval in Addition to
Tenant Required
Submissions
Submit Field Changes

to DOA Engineering for
Review and Approval
Inspections and Investigations
(Continuous and as required by DOA
and AHJ)
DOA Engineering
City of Philadelphia L&I
Tinicum Township
Complete Construction
Perform Walk-Thru
Complete Punchlist
DOA Engineering to
Accept Construction
Submit Record As-Built

Drawings
Authorization of
Occupancy by
AHJ
Page 9 of 367
AERIAL PLANS
NORTHEAST PHILADELPHIA AIRPORT
Page 10 of 367
Page 11 of 367
Northeast Philadelphia Airport
Page 12 of 367
PART II GETTING STARTED

A.
Points of Contact
Contacts
DOA Properties Manager (215-937-5422) to obtain information on Tenant Leaseholds and
lease responsibilities.
DOA Planning and Environmental Services Manger (215-937-6727) to obtain record
drawings and information for design purposes.
DOA Engineering (215-937-6732) for permit processing information and tenant construction
coordination.
MarketPlace-Redwood Concession Tenant Spaces:

Improvements to retail and food services operations spaces under lease from
MarketPlace-Redwood shall be coordinated through MarketPlace-Redwood. Any
questions regarding the design criteria or specific tenant spaces should be discussed with
the MarketPlace-Redwood Tenant Coordinator. Site visits shall be arranged through the
MarketPlace-Redwood tenant coordinator. MarketPlace-Redwood shall furnish the
tenant with a design package consisting of: 1. Philadelphia Airport System Tenant
Design and Construction Manual. 2. Lease Outline Drawing (LOD). 3. Any As-Built
or Record Drawings. The number for MarketPlace-Redwood is 215-937-1200.
Other facilities owned or leased by Tenants at PHL and PNE Airports:

A tenant who currently owns or leases a facility at either PHL or PNE Airports and is
contemplating improvements should initially contact DOA Properties.
It is
recommended that the tenant review their lease agreement prior to contacting DOA
Properties to determine if the proposed improvements are limited or restricted within the
terms of their lease agreement. Depending upon the project complexity and impact to the
facility, DOA Properties may ask the tenant to present the proposed project at a
preliminary design review meeting. DOA Properties will provide the tenant with a
contact at DOA Engineering to coordinate the design and approval process.
DOA Application For Airport Permit:

Permit will be required by new tenants, existing tenants requiring new space and existing
tenants requiring modifications to existing space, change of use or change of Airport
Layout Plan (ALP). Existing tenants requiring only minor repairs and wear-and-tear
improvements are exempt from obtaining a permit.
Page 13 of 367
Tenants should contact DOA Engineering to confirm how to classify work and to
determine whether a permit is required. Work which has been determined to not require
a permit is still required to be coordinated with DOA. After DOA approval, tenant will
have to go through the permitting process for the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
Improvements to public areas within either PHL or PNE Airports operational spaces
shall be coordinated through the DOA Engineering PM assigned to the project.
Questions and project information should be directed to the PM.
B.
Defining Scope of Work

Each tenant needs to determine their individual needs and requirements for operating their
facilities at PHL and PNE Airports during the early stages of their design and their need to
ensure that the proper utilities and capacities they require are available. It shall be the
Tenants responsibility to coordinate with the DOA to ensure proper utilities, capacities and
all other aspects that are required to operate their facilities are available or can be provided.
The tenant applicant shall obtain a preliminary review from the DOA prior to preparation of
detailed design documents. For a preliminary review the Tenant must provide at a minimum:
a cover letter introducing the proposed project, a completed Airport Permit Application, a
detailed description of proposed project, construction schedule and schematic plans. To
schedule a meeting to review conceptual plans with the DOA, call 215-937-6732.
If the proposed project involves a new building or structure, the expansion of the foot print or
an existing structure, or otherwise makes changes to the Airports Airport Layout Plan
(ALP), YOU MUST contact the DOA Planning and Environmental Services Manager as
soon as possible. The project may require an environmental assessment and a FAA Form
7460, as mandated under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and the US
Department of Energy. This may be a lengthy process, so it is incumbent upon the tenant to
start this process early in the project. NO WORK MAY BEGIN until FAA completes their
review of these documents and provides a Record of Decision (R.O.D.) or a Finding Of No
Significant Impact (FONSI).
Tenant determines if Environmental Assessment (EA) is required. Tenant also determines
whether FAA Form 7460 must be filed. For FAA form 7460, tenant shall obtain guidelines
from DOA, complete the forms and then file and review with DOA. The purpose of filing is
as follows:
Evaluate the effects of the construction or alteration on operating procedures

Determine the potential hazardous effect of the proposed construction on air navigation
Identify mitigating measures to enhance safe air navigation
Place new objects on navigational charts
Page 14 of 367
Per FAR Part 77.13, in general, any person proposing any construction or alteration on any
public use airport, regardless of height, and listed in the Airport Directory shall file notice
with the FAA in the manner prescribed in FAR Part 77.17. Philadelphia International
Airport (PHL) and Northeast Philadelphia Airport (PNE) are covered by this requirement.
DOA 7460 Guidance Book is available. Contact Mike McCartney of DOA for a copy at
215-937-6727.
C.
Obtaining Record As-Built Drawings

Record Drawings (or As-Built Drawings) and CAD files exist for most areas within PHL and
PNE Airports. The DOA Planning Department will assist the tenant in locating sources for
the most accurate and up-to-date As-Built documentation and will arrange for review or
copies to be made as required. The tenant will have total and complete responsibility for
verification of all conditions and dimensions and all utility connection points in the field
before starting any construction work. These drawings contain information which the DOA
believes is true and correct, however the DOA in no way guarantees the accuracy of such
documents. Discrepancies or inconsistencies between the lease agreement and/or its exhibits,
As-Built Drawings and existing field conditions with respect to the Tenant Lease Space shall
be resolved through the DOA PM. Release of Record Drawings may require signature of
the DOA Confidentiality Agreement. The tenants design team shall provide a written
request for drawings signed by the tenant on company letterhead. All MarketPlace-Redwood
space drawings shall be obtained from MarketPlace-Redwood Limited Partnership.
D.
Site Visit
All tenants are encouraged to visit the Airports before work begins. Appropriate security
badging will be required to access spaces or facilities within the secure portions (e.g. beyond
the security checkpoints) and sterile portions (eg.. International Arrivals) of the Airports.
Access to these areas can also be obtained by arranging for a badged escort through the DOA
Properties point of contact. Security badging, if required, shall be arranged through the
Airport Communications Center at 215-937-6800.
Page 15 of 367
PART III - DESIGN APPROVAL PROCESS

A.
Design Guidelines
The following summarizes a step-by step process and requirements as deemed necessary by
the DOA for designing any tenant space at PHL or PNE Airports. Further technical details of
the design shall be covered elsewhere in this manual. MarketPlace-Redwood tenants shall
refer to Section D.
1. The tenant shall visit the site location and verify all conditions prior to the development
of a scope of work.
2. The tenant shall enlist the services of a licensed architect and/or professional engineer in
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to create the necessary design documentation.
3. The tenant shall provide a submission of construction documents: a cover letter
introducing the proposed project, a completed Airport Permit Application, and nine (9)
drawings and specifications signed and sealed by the registered architect(s) and/or
engineer(s). One (1) original and eight (8) copies for review by the DOA.
Mailing Address:
Engineering Department - Permit Applications

Terminal E
4. The tenant shall obtain, in writing, an approval from the DOA to submit for a building
permit at the Philadelphia International Airport prior to submitting for any other permits.
5. The tenant shall then submit for a building permit to AHJ and any other necessary
approvals.
6. Required Supplemental Submissions - The following submissions are required to be
submitted to DOA Engineering separately for approval prior to installation of the
associated systems.
Shop Drawings: sprinkler drawings and hydraulic calculations, fire alarm, structural
modifications, equipment support details, temporary and permanent signage.
Field changes to the DOA approved plans.
Page 16 of 367
B.
Division Of Aviation Review

1. Construction Documents Requirements:
a. Drawings and shop drawings shall be 22x34 format and in accordance with the
DOA CADD Standards.
b. All drawings shall be furnished in CADD format using AutoCAD 2007 or earlier.
c. Floor plans shall be scaled at =1-0
d. Reflected ceiling plans shall be scaled at =1-0
e. Site plans shall be scaled at 1=30-0
f. Column grid and airport column grid designations shall be provided for all building
plans
g. North arrow, lease lines and key plan shall be shown on all plans
h. Abbreviations
and
Symbols
must
be
provided
with
appropriate
definitions/descriptions
i. All details shall be to scale.
j. Drawings for each discipline included in the project shall be submitted, including
structural drawings for additions of equipment in or on buildings. Disciplines shall be
divided as follows:
Architectural
Civil
Mechanical
Electrical
Plumbing
Structural
Fire Protection
Fire Alarm
Special Systems
Other
2. Reviews are expected to take 3 weeks; however, this is dependant on the backlog of
projects at the time that they are being submitted. The DOA PM will notify the applicant
if delays are anticipated.
3. The design will be reviewed as either approved, approved as noted, revise and resubmit
or not approved. If the DOA deems the documents should not be approved, comments
shall be provided by the DOA to the design team. Once these comments are addressed in
the construction documents to the satisfaction of the DOA, the tenant can move forward
with obtaining permits for the pre-construction phase. After DOA Approves or
Approves as Noted documents and applications, tenant will have a 6 month period to
begin construction. If construction has not started after 6 months, the tenant will have to
resubmit for permits.
Page 17 of 367
C.
Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) Review and Permit

PHL and PNE Airports properties reside in both the City of Philadelphia and Tinicum
Township. Refer to the overall site plans for delineation of which jurisdiction applies.
Tenant facilities and spaces within the Tinicum Township jurisdiction will be required to
meet both the City of Philadelphia requirements as well as Tinicum Township requirements.
When design or construction standards differ, the most stringent standard will prevail.
Approvals and permits will only be required from the municipality in which the project lies.
PNE Airport resides wholly in the jurisdiction of the City of Philadelphia.
Each tenant is responsible for relevant permit applications and obtaining the necessary
approvals. Prior to applying for a building permit, the tenant MUST obtain an approval
letter from the DOA authorizing the tenant to submit for the building permit. It is the
responsibility of the tenant to contact the office of each applicable jurisdiction via phone, email, or in person to obtain the specific requirements for the various AHJ. Below is a general
guideline:
Approvals within the City of Philadelphia Jurisdiction
Each tenant is responsible for permit applications and obtaining necessary approvals. Only
after DOA Engineering has approved the design documents can the tenant submit to the City
of Philadelphia Licensing and Inspections (L&I) for a building permit. All building additions
and exterior signage at the Airports must be approved by the Philadelphia Art Commission
prior to submission to the Philadelphia Department of License and Inspection. Plans,
elevations, and renderings should be submitted to:
Philadelphia Art Commission
1515 Arch Street, 12th Floor
(215) 683-2095
Fax (215) 683-2049
artcommission@phila.gov
Upon approval by the Art Commission, three (3) sets of signed and sealed drawings must be
sent to the Philadelphia Department of Licenses and Inspections, Permit Services Division to
receive Building permit approval. To receive building permit approval, additional
information may be required to be submitted with the three (3) sets of signed and sealed
drawings. These additional submittal requirements will depend on the improvements being
made. These improvements may include, but are not limited to the following:
Letter authorizing permit applicant to submit for the building permit from the DOA.
Pre-requisite approvals:
o L&I Zoning Unit approved site plans and Use Registration Permit.
o Street Department curb cuts, driveways, encroachments on the public way.
o Historic Commission
Page 18 of 367
o City Planning Commission
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) 7460, Finding Of No Significant Impact

(FONSI)
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan (E&S Plan), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
Transportation Security Administration (TSA) & Division of Aviation (DOA) Airport
Security Plans (ASP)
Soils Investigation Report
Asbestos Inspection Report on Citys Health Department Form
L&I Structural Design Criteria Form
L&I Special Inspections Form
L&I Energy Conservation Forms
Document and information shall be submitted to:

Philadelphia Department of Licenses and Inspections
Permit Services Division
Municipal Services Building Concourse Level
1401 John F. Kennedy Boulevard
Philadelphia, PA 19102-1687
(215) 686-2572
Approvals within Tinicum Township Jurisdiction
Each tenant is responsible for permit applications and obtaining the necessary approvals.
Only after DOA Engineering has approved the design documents can the tenant submit to
Tinicum Township for a building permit.
Submit four (4) sets of signed and sealed drawings (original seal and signature on all
drawings) must be sent to Permits and approvals must be obtained from the following entities
prior to construction for work performed in Tinicum Township:
Tinicum Township
Tinicum Township Municipal Building
629 North Governor Printz Boulevard
Essington, PA 19029
610-521-3530
Delaware County Planning Department

Toal Building, 2nd Floor
200 N. Orange Street
Media, PA 19063
Mailing Address: 201 W. Front Street
Media, PA 19063
Page 19 of 367
Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry

Buildings Section
Bureau of Occupational and Industrial Safety
Department of Labor and Industry Building
1600 Labor and Industry Building
Harrisburg, PA 17120
717-787-3323
Elevator Permits
Any new elevator shall comply with ASME A17.1 per the International Building Code
(IBC). Some existing elevators are not in compliance; if work requires modifications, (and
therefore the aforementioned repair permit) the elevator must be made compliant with respect
to the following:
Sprinklers or fire wall ratings in shaft and machine rooms.

Heat detectors, smoke detectors, recall and shunt-trip devices.
Upgrade of machine to meet recall/shutoff requirements.
Any deviation from IBC/ASME A17.1 requirements should be approved by State Licensing
and Inspections as part of the permit process.
Escalators and moving walk-ways shall be reviewed by the AHJ.
Note: The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania regulates permits and certification for
elevators or lifting devices including escalators at the PHL and PNE Airports.
Previously, a new elevator or lifting device was not to be installed or erected, or an
existing elevator repaired, renovated, or re-erected when the changes involved
major repairs until a permit was obtained from the department of Labor and
Industry, Bureau of Occupational and Industrial Safety, division of Elevators. The
installation or repair was to comply with all requirements found in the Department
regulations, 34 PA Code, Chapter 7. Further information or requirements for
permits or certification may be found at www.dli.state.pa.us/landi.
Accessibility Requirements
It is the responsibility of the tenant to meet accessibility requirements within the Tenant
Lease Area. The DOA is not responsible to review for compliance. Accessibility
requirements within the tenant lease space located in the City of Philadelphia or Tinicum
Township must meet the guidelines of the following:
International Building Code 2006 Chapter 11 (Accessibility) and Accessibility Advisory

Board enforced by the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry.
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or 1990 enforced by the Department of Justice
(and in the case of transit facilities, The Department of Transportation).
Page 20 of 367
When code requirements for accessibility outlined in IBC Chapter 11 differ with
regulations issued by federal agencies under ADA, the most stringent requirement will
prevail.
Note: The tenant is required to submit permits, approval letters, response letters, etc. from
AHJ at the DOA preconstruction meeting.
D.
MarketPlace-Redwood Design Approval Process

1. The Approval Process Requires Six Submissions
a. Upon receipt of the Design Package the tenants designer is to, by telephone, contact
the MarketPlace Redwood Tenant Coordinator for the Philadelphia International
Airport. The designer is to identify and provide the Tenant Coordinator with contact
information for the design team. The Tenant Coordinator will review the submission
process with the tenants designer. In addition, during this phone conversation, the
designer is to schedule an appointment to visit the site and verify existing conditions.
b. Submission #1/ Design Preliminary design submission for approval by the Landlord
and Prime Landlord
c. Submission #2/ Construction Documents Complete construction documentation for
Landlord and Prime Landlord review and approval to proceed with construction
d. Submission #3/ Final Submission
e. Submission #4/ Permits
f. Submission #5 / Preconstruction
g. Submission #6 / Store opening and Construction Closeout
Note: Submissions which do not incorporate requested changes from prior review
will be returned without further review.
h. Tenant Submission Requirements. All Tenant submittals as outlined below must be
submitted to the Tenant Coordinator as complete sets. Partial submittals will not be
reviewed.
i. The Landlords plan review and/or approval is for compliance with the Tenant Design
package only; this approval does not relieve the Tenant of responsibility for
compliance with Lease documents, field verification of existing conditions,
discrepancies between final working drawings and as-built conditions, coordination
with other trades or job conditions. No responsibility for proper engineering, safety,
and/or design of the tenant space is implied or inferred on the part of the Landlord by
this plan approval.
Page 21 of 367
j. Tenant shall have sole responsibility for compliance with applicable governing codes,
statues, ordinances and other regulations for all work performed by or on behalf of
the Tenant at the Tenants leased area. The Landlord or Landlords agents or
representatives approval of Tenants working drawings or of Tenants work shall not
constitute an implication, representation, or certification by any of them that either
said working drawings or Tenants work is in compliance with applicable governing
codes, statues, ordinances or other regulations.
2. Submission 1 / Design Concept
As part of the introductory phone call or the site visit, the Tenant Coordinator
will provide the tenants Architect/Designer with the submission schedule for
submission 1 and 2.
The tenant will submit a Concept Design Proposal to the Tenant Coordinator as
prepared by the Tenants Architect/Designer for approval prior to commencing
detailed design work.
The requirements for this submission include:
a. 24x36 drawing format
b. One set of reproducible drawings. Reproducible drawings will be returned with the
Landlord comments.
c. Six sets of Xerox on bond prints
d. Three sets of 8 x 11 illustration boards with samples of color chips and materials.
All samples must be clearly labeled to coordinate with the architectural drawings.
e. Three sets of color perspective renderings of the storefront or counter front indicating
finish materials and signage (maximum drawing size 11x17). One rendering to be
mounted on foam core.
f. Floor plan (scale inch = 1 foot) indicating interior concept
g. Reflected ceiling plan (scale inch = 1 foot)
h. Storefront or Counter Elevation (scale inch = 1 foot) indicating finish materials and
signage.
i. Typical interior elevations and sections including display, case work, signage and
graphics (scale = 1 foot or larger).
j. Food service Tenants shall submit a sample menu board and a narrative describing
their operation. This narrative will include a description of how customers are served
Page 22 of 367
and how the queuing at the service counter will be controlled.

k. Submission schedule (this is a confirmation of the schedule provided by the Tenant
Coordinator).
After the review of submission 1, a meeting will be held on site to discuss the
review comments with the Landlord, the Division of Aviation, and their respective
consultants. The Tenant and the Tenants Architect/Designer must be present for
this meeting.
The approved Preliminary Plans shall be returned to the Tenant and shall serve as the
basis for the Construction Documents. Approval of the Preliminary Plans does not
guarantee approval of the Construction Documents.
3. Submission 2/Construction Documents
As per the schedule outlined by the Tenant Coordinator, upon receiving the Landlords
comments on the Concept Design, the Tenant must provide a formal design
submission. This is intended to be a complete set of Construction Drawings and
consist of the following:
The requirements for this submission include:
General/Architectural
a. 24x36 drawing format
b. All construction documentation must be furnished in CADD format using
AutoCADD version 14 or later.
c. Twelve sets of Xerox on bond prints or computer plots signed and sealed by an
architect licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. MEP and Structural
drawings must be signed by engineers licensed in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
d. Floor plan (scale inch = 1 foot) indicating interior concept
e. Reflected ceiling plan (scale inch = 1 foot). Reflected ceiling plan to include all
ceiling heights and designation of materials, and show the location of all light
fixtures, mechanical grilles, fire detection devices, sprinkler heads (if applicable), and
access panels.
f. Column grid, north arrow, and lease line must be shown on all plans.
g. Symbol legend for systems must be shown on all appropriate drawings.
Page 23 of 367
h. Storefront or Counter Elevation (scale inch = 1 foot) indicating finish materials and
signage.
i. Interior elevations and sections including materials and colors (scale inch = 1 foot).
j. Interior details
k. Details of interface with Landlord finishes (scale inch = 1 foot minimum).
l. Fixture and furniture layout
m. Drawings must indicate the weight, location and dimensions of equipment and
fixtures (including if applicable, when fully stocked). All equipment installations and
structural modifications must be installed in accordance with the recommendations of
a structural engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
n. Signage drawings indicating the size of letters, materials, colors, finishes, mounting
brackets, method of illumination, etc. (see General Signage Criteria).
o. Three sets of specifications (if not included in the drawing set).
p. Completed Tenant Submission checklist, included in Part 2 of the Tenant Design
Manual.
HVAC
a. Complete HVAC drawings, floor plans, details and specification prepared by an
engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
b. Roof plan showing location of HVAC unit (if applicable) and adjacent equipment and
walking pads.
c. Completed Load and Equipment Schedules.
d. Details of interface with Landlords HVAC system (if applicable).
e. Completed Air Balance matrix included in Part 2 of the Tenant Design Manual.
f. Structural reinforcement design/calculations for new equipment.
Electrical
a. Complete Electrical drawings, floor plans, details, and specifications including
lighting and signage prepared by an engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
b. Detail schedule and one-line riser diagram.
Page 24 of 367
c. Lighting layout with manufacturers catalog numbers and cuts, lamp wattages, colors
and finishes.
d. Complete Load schedules, both estimated and connected, on each feeder/riser.
e. Equipment schedule with load requirements (if applicable).
f. Electrical panel schematic and circuit breaker details.
g. Telephone system connection and distribution.
h. Fire alarm system connection.
i. Details of interface with Landlords electrical and telephone systems (if applicable).
j. Completed electrical load schedule included in Part 2 of the Tenant Design Manual.
Plumbing and Fire Protection
a. Complete plumbing drawings, floor plans, details, and specifications prepared by an
engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
b. Detail connection to water service and sewer.
c. Number of plumbing fixturing units.
d. Single line plumbing riser diagram.
e. Gas piping diagrams (where applicable).
f. Gas appliance list (where applicable).
g. Complete sprinkler drawings and specifications (where applicable).
h. Details of interface with Landlords gas and sprinkler systems (if applicable).
i. Fire Alarm design drawing(s).
After the review of submission 2, a meeting will be held on site to discuss the review
comments with the Landlord, the Division of Aviation, and their respective
consultants. The Tenant and the Tenants Architect/Designer must be present for
this meeting.
Page 25 of 367
4. Submission 3/Final Submission

As per the schedule outlined by the Tenant Coordinator, upon receiving the Landlords
comments on the Construction Documents, the Tenant must provide a formal final
submission. This submission will include:
a. All the drawings and documentation required in Submission 2, but with revisions as
required by the Landlords Design Review. All revisions must be clearly indicated on
the resubmitted Drawings and dated in a revision box and a cover letter that includes
a brief, precise description of each proposed revision.
b. Twelve sets of Xerox on bond prints or computer plots signed and sealed by an
architect licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. MEP and Structural
drawings must be signed by engineers licensed in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania
c. Detailed construction schedule, including long lead items.
d. Store opening - To facilitate coordination with the Division of Aviation, store
opening days are limited to Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday, unless alternate day
previously approved by the DOA.
5. Submission #4 / Permits
a. Supplemental information (as required by the Philadelphia Department of Licenses
and Inspections (L&I), Tinicum Township, Pennsylvania Labor and Industry,
Philadelphia or Tinicium Department of Health, DOA and other authorities having
jurisdiction).
b. When filing their construction documents for building permit or health department
review the Tenant shall request an expedited review by the appropriate building or
health department and shall employ the services of an expediter as required to
facilitate the filing and review. All related costs associated with expediting the review
or retaining the services of an expediter shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.
c. Approval letter from the Tenant Coordinator authorizing the tenant to seek a building
permit.
d. Special permit requirements for Tinicum Township
All General Contractors are required to have a license with Tinicum Township.
General contractor must submit a complete permit application form with all
subcontractors named. To be determined is not acceptable to Tinicum officials.
Tinicum Health Department review is simultaneous with Building Department
Review.
Page 26 of 367
Before submitting for Tinicum permit, the General Contractor must obtain the
following approvals:
o
o
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Labor and Industry Permit (expedited State

review)
Approval to Proceed letter from MarketPlace/Redwood
For Tinicum Township permitting, the tenant is to submit a drawing set that
represents a full set of construction documents that has also addressed all S2
revisions required by MarketPlace/Redwood and the Division of Aviation.
Drawings are to include complete fire alarm system details.
Drawings are to include complete ansul system design including drawings,
details, and specifications.
Construction details and wall assemblies are to indicate UL number, as
appropriate.
Sprinkler shop drawings are to be submitted to Tinicum Township for review and
approval.
Authorization to apply for / approval letter submitted to Tinicum Township from
the Division of Aviation.
e. Store opening - To facilitate coordination with the Division of Aviation, store

opening days are limited to Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday, unless alternate day
previously approved by the DOA.
6. Submission #5 / Preconstruction
A Preconstruction meeting will be held by the Tenant Coordinator. The Tenant and
the Tenants Contractor must attend the preconstruction meeting. The Tenant
Coordinator will determine who else from the contractors team must attend the
meeting. Coordinate with Tenant Contractor Work Rules. Tenant and Tenants
Contractor are to sign the work rules.
a. Building permit
b. Certificate of Insurance
c. MBE Letter of compliance
d. Landlord approval to proceed with construction
e. Lien Waiver filed with Prothonotary in Philadelphia County or Tinicum Township (as
appropriate).
f. Payment and Performance Bond(s)
g. Schedule of Values
Page 27 of 367
h. Subcontractor list (including contact name(s), address, phone, fax, cell phone, pager
and email address).
i. Security Deposit
j. Work rules signature
k. Construction schedule with milestones and lead in items noted
l. Contract between Tenant and General Contractor
7. Submission #6 / Store opening and Construction Closeout
Upon completion of the work, the Tenant will provide the following documents to the
Landlord prior to removal of construction barricade and opening for business.
Coordinate with Tenant Contractor Work Rules.
a. A photocopy of the Tenants certificate of occupancy as proof of final inspection by
all Building Department officials.
b. A photocopy of the Tenants Business License
c. Certificates of Insurance as stipulated in the lease
d. Final lien waivers from the general contractor
e. A telephone list of all key holders
f. Two CADD disks and two sets reproducibles, stamped and approved by the Landlord,
of as-built drawings showing all changes made from the final approved
drawings. These documents must be provided to the Landlord prior to the return on
any contractor deposits. CADD files to be in AutoCADD release version 14 or later
and as PDF files.
g. Underwriters fund electric inspection certificate
h. Air balancing report
i. Investment certificate
j. Certificate of Substantial Completion
k. A photocopy of the Tenants certificate of Health Department Approval (if
applicable).
l. Fire alarm and fire sprinkler reports (if applicable).
Page 28 of 367
The Landlord will inspect the premises to verify that work has been completed according
to the Landlords criteria. The Landlord will require that improperly installed work, be
repaired by the Tenant and that all work, whether included in the drawings or not, be
completed to the satisfaction of the Landlord and authorities having jurisdiction.
Landlords inspection of the premises does not relieve the Tenant of his responsibility to
comply with all requirements of this handbook, government authority regulations or
Health Department regulations.
Final Landlord approval is required prior to stocking merchandise or food.
Landlord approval to open for business does not relieve the Tenant of their responsibility
to comply with the requirements of Lease Exhibit C.
Page 29 of 367
PART IV PRE-CONSTRUCTION PROCESS

A.
Contractor Qualifications
The tenants contractors and subcontractors performing the following work shall have the
required City of Philadelphia or Tinicum Township licenses necessary to perform the work
described in the approved contract documents.
All project personnel are required to meet and adhere to the Airports security policies. The
tenant and their contractors shall not permit or employ any individuals not capable of passing
the Criminal Background Check on Airport projects.
B.
Insurance
The tenant shall provide Builders Risk Insurance during construction and Property and
Liability Insurance for completed improvements per the requirements outlined below.
Insurance Certificates are to include the following minimum coverage:
a. General Liability:
a. $1,000,000 Building Work
b. $5,000,00 Ramp Work
c. $10,000,000 Taxiway & Runway Work
b. Workers Compensation: Statutory Limits
c. Additional Insured: Where applicable, the following entities are to be added as
Additional Insured: City of Philadelphia, its officers, employees and agents, Tinicum
Township officials and the FAA.
d. Cancellation Wording: Should any of the above described policies be cancelled or
materially changed before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company will mail a
written notice thirty (30) days prior, to the Certificate Holder and all additional insured
parties.
Please Note: Certificates with the wording the issuing company will endeavor
to mail a written notice will not be accepted.
Page 30 of 367
The Airport Permit Number and Permit Title are to be included in the Insurance Certification
description.
C.
Permits
The tenant, tenants contractor, and subcontractors and suppliers of any tier shall obtain and
pay for all required licenses and certificates. The tenant, tenants contractor, subcontractors
and suppliers shall obtain all permits, approvals, and development agreements required by
the Philadelphia Department of Licenses and Inspections (L&I), Tinicum Township,
Pennsylvania Labor and Industry, Philadelphia or Tinicum Department of Health, DOA and
other authorities having jurisdiction. The tenant, tenants contractor or tenants design
consultant are responsible for submitting the Construction Contract Drawings and
Specifications to Philadelphia Department of Licenses and Inspections (L&I), Tinicum
Township, Pennsylvania Labor and Industry, Philadelphia or Tinicum Department of Health,
DOA and other authorities having jurisdiction for their plan reviews and for receiving
approvals thereon sufficient to allow the tenant contractor to obtain the necessary permits.
Submission of documents shall only be submitted after written approval by the DOA.
Charges for permits, approvals, tap fees, and development agreements required by the City
will be at the tenants expense.
When filing construction documents for building permit or health department review, the
tenant can request an expedited review by the appropriate building or health department and
may employ the services of an expediter as required to facilitate the filing and review. All
related costs associated with expediting the review or retaining the services of an expediter
shall be the responsibility of the tenant.
Tinicum Township Permit Requirements
All General Contractors are required to have a license with Tinicum Township. General
Contractor must submit a complete permit application form with all subcontractors named.
To Be Determined is not acceptable to Tinicum Officials. Tinicum Township Health
Department review is simultaneous with Building Department Review. Before submitting
for Tinicum permit, the General Contractor must obtain: Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
Labor and Industry Permit (expedited State Review) and a letter from DOA stating either
Approved or Approved as Noted. For Tinicum Township permitting, the Tenant is to
submit a drawing set that represents a full set of construction documents that has also
addressed all review comments. Drawings are to include complete fire alarm system details.
Construction details and wall assemblies are to include U.L. number, as appropriate. DOA
approved sprinkler shop drawings are to be submitted to Tinicum Township.
Page 31 of 367
D.
Preconstruction Requirements
A preconstruction meeting will be held by the DOA. The tenant and the tenants contractor
must attend the preconstruction meeting. The tenants designer is invited to attend but is not
required.
The following documents must be supplied to the DOA Engineering at the Preconstruction
Meeting prior to commencement of construction and are to remain current as tenant Work
proceeds.
1. Building Permit and other required permits and approvals for construction.
2. All Certificates of Insurance for tenants general contractor and subcontractors with
the minimum aggregate limits stated herein along with Additional Named Insureds as
specified herein.
3. A record copy of the Approved or Approved as Noted construction contract
documents with all addenda and forms incorporated in one hard copy and in CAD format
on disk.
4. Detailed Bar Chart Schedule of Construction, milestones and lead items noted.
5. A contact list of names and phone numbers for the tenant and contractors involved in
the project. The list shall include contact information for 24-hour/7-day emergency
availability.
E.
MarketPlace-Redwood Tenants
MarketPlace-Redwood (MPR) Tenants shall refer to MPR manual for preconstruction
requirements.
Page 32 of 367
PART V - CONSTRUCTION
A.
General Requirements
1. All work completed shall be governed and done in accordance with the Approved
Construction Documents and this Tenant Design Manual. Compliance with all applicable
local building codes, jurisdictional authorities, O.S.H.A. regulations, and Airport
standards is mandatory.
2. After the DOA has approved work to commence, all project correspondence to the DOA
shall be directed to the assigned DOA PM. All field coordination should be directed to
the assigned DOA Inspector(s) and/or the DOA PM.
3. Work Area:
a. No Smoking: PHL and PNE are smoke free environments. There is no smoking
allowed anywhere within the airport terminal buildings and on the AOA.
b. Proper Attire: All construction workers must be dressed in an orderly and neat
manner, which consists of long pants, shirts (long or short sleeved), shoes and socks.
All personnel are required to wear attire that complies with all OSHA requirements
for safety at all times.
c. Behavior: "Horseplay, loud behavior, offensive language (e.g. language of a sexual
nature or racial or ethnic slurs) or violation of any Rules and Regulations will be
cause for removal from the jobsite.
d. Permitted Work Space: Tenant construction will be confined to within the Tenants
leased Premises. This includes all equipment, tools, materials, etc. At no time will
any Tenant Contractor unload or store its equipment, tools, materials, etc. into any
adjoining space. The Tenant Contractor is to secure the Premises when not present
and to assume responsibility for all tools, equipment, fixtures, and materials in the
Premises. No tools, equipment, fixtures and materials shall be left unattended at
any time in areas accessible to the public.
e. Cleanliness: Tenants Contractor must maintain a clean and orderly project site. All
trash and debris must be removed from the Premises on a daily basis. A walk-off mat
must be placed inside each entrance of any interior building area under construction.
The mat must be treated to minimize foot-tracking and must be periodically cleaned
to maintain its performance.
Page 33 of 367
f. Badges: All Tenant construction personnel will be required to meet Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA), TSA and DOA regulations and to wear Airport identification
badges in accordance with the Airports security regulations.
g. Radios: Radios are prohibited. Personal radios (Walkman, etc.) are also prohibited on
a safety basis.
h. Landlord Approved Plans: The Tenant Contractor must maintain a full set of DOA
approved construction drawings on the construction site at all times during the
project.
i. Hazardous Materials: The Tenant Contractor may not store or install any hazardous
materials or unmarked containers within the Airport property.
4. Material Delivery:
a. Deliveries:
All Tenant subcontractor and vendor, regardless of contractual
relationship, must be coordinated and scheduled through the Tenant Contractor. All
tools, equipment and material are to be received/removed through designated airport
receiving points (Gate 1) or other locations as determined by the Division of
Aviation. Tenant representatives or designated personnel will assist with
coordination of deliveries or removals by pre-arrangement. Personnel carrying any
material, large tools, equipment, carts, dollies, or hardware are strictly prohibited
from using escalators, elevators or moving sidewalks. At the commencement of
construction, a materials/debris transport route plan must be posted at each job site.
b. Material Handling: In public areas, long material that cannot be carried upright
requires a material handler at each end. This applies to hand carried materials or any
loads that extend beyond the length of a cart. All materials are to be delivered via the
designated loading docks and approved access routes through the airport concourses.
No delivery of materials is permitted between the hours of 5 AM and 10 PM in public
areas.
c. Protection: When materials and equipment are delivered through the airport public
concourses, all finishes are to be protected, including but not limited to, terrazzo,
carpet and tile flooring, walls, etc. and proper safety requirements are to be in place.
All delivery or transport carts used in public corridors or hallways must be equipped
with nylon, neoprene or pneumatic wheels to prevent marking or scuffing of corridor
floors. The Tenant Contractor may be required to lay plywood floor over-layment.
The Tenant Contractor will be responsible for any damage to any existing finishes
and any other damages it causes.
d. Freight Elevators: Only the designated freight elevators can be utilized for material
delivery. The freight elevator usage hours are as determined by the Division of
Aviation. From time to time during this project, the freight elevators may be
inoperative or unavailable due to other construction work.
Page 34 of 367
5. Trash Removal: The Tenant Contractor is responsible for removing trash from the
Premises as well as cleaning up all halls, corridors and dumpster areas. If required,
Tenant Contractor may provide construction dumpsters. Dumpsters shall be covered at all
times. The location of dumpsters shall be coordinated with the tenant and approved by
the DOA.
6. Construction Barricade: If required, Tenant Contractor will construct a barricade around
the project site in accordance with DOA requirements. This barricade may not be
installed or removed except with prior permission of the DOA. Tenant Contractor shall
be responsible to maintain the condition of the barricade through the construction.
7. Temporary Utilities:
a. Electricity: Tenant contractor is required to provide their own temporary power prior
to establishing their own permanent electric service. There will be no access to the
Airport electric rooms unless authorized by the DOA. All final connections are to be
completed by the Tenants Electrical Contractor under DOA supervision.
b. Telephone/Data: In the event the Tenant Contractor requires temporary telephone
service during construction, the Tenant Contractor is to contact the Tenants
telephone company to install the required service. All work relating to this utility is
the sole responsibility of the Tenant Contractor. If service is abandoned after
construction, the Tenant Contractor must remove all devices, cable, conduit and
related equipment from the service connection point without causing damage to any
other property.
c. Waste/Water: The Airport rest rooms may be used for personal hygiene purposes
only. No water usage or dumping of waste is permitted within the Airport rest room
facilities.
8. Parking (at Philadelphia International Airport only): Construction personnel are allowed
free use of the construction parking lot (Cargo City) with a DOA temporary parking
permit. Additional parking may be added or changes to the parking may be made at the
discretion of the Division of Aviation.
9. Project Work Hours: Under normal circumstances, construction can occur during normal
work hours (7:00 AM to 3:30 PM). However, any noise producing equipment, nail guns,
hammering, etc., or fume producing processes, must be scheduled so as not to interfere
with Airport operations. Work may be performed throughout the night if a request is
made giving 72 hours notice of the referenced work. This request is subject to approval
by the DOA.
Page 35 of 367
10. Noise: The Tenant Contractor will take any and all preventive measures to curtail the
noise level at all times. All doors to Tenant Premises are to remain closed at all times.
The DOA reserves the right to curtail any activity it deems obtrusive to Airport
operations.
11. Adjacent Space Access: Access to adjacent spaces for work related to a particular
construction process (e.g., under floor, ceiling, and/or roof work) must be carefully
coordinated with the Tenant and Division of Aviation. Absolute care must be taken so
that no Airport operations are ever interrupted or inconvenienced. A minimum of 72
hours notice is required for access to adjacent spaces.
12. Work Notification Requirements: The Tenant Contractor is required to provide 72 hours
advance notice to the Tenant Coordinator for all core drilling, flame cutting, welding and
soldering.
13. Fire Protection: While working in an unprotected area, the Tenant Contractor is required
to maintain a minimum of two 10 lb., type ABC fire extinguishers in a visible location at
all times. In addition, all welding, torch, or other open flame work requires a minimum
three hour firewatch after cessation of such activity.
14. Security: Security at Philadelphia International Airport is maintained 24 hours a day,
seven days a week. It is imperative that orders and/or directives from a security officer or
an Airport Inspector are respected and followed by all involved on the property.
15. Airside Vehicles: All vehicles entering the secured airside areas must be identified with
lettering clearly visible at least 3 in height including company name and phone number.
Vehicles are required by the FAA to display a 3x3 orange and white checked flag or
flashing amber dome light. All vehicles must be covered under the Insurance Certificate
provided to the DOA. Only vehicles necessary to prosecute the work will be permitted on
the AOA. Coordinate parking with the Tenant.
16. Permits: All permits and insurance certificates must be posted on the site prior to
commencement of work.
17. Utility and Sprinkler Shutdowns: All utility shutdowns require 7 days prior notification
and approval of the DOA. Notification must be forwarded to the DOA Engineering
department as a Service Interruption Notice. Engineering fax number is 215-937-6734.
18. Ceiling Close-ins: 3 days prior notification is required for ceiling closure to accommodate
DOA inspections.
19. Inspectors: The Division of Aviation has engaged full time Inspectors in an effort to
facilitate consistent compliance to standards among all Tenants and Tenant Contractors.
All Tenant Contractors must be aware of the importance of complying with the
Inspectors direction and with Airport standards throughout their project.
Page 36 of 367
20. Field Changes: Any revisions to the Approved drawings and finishes must be formally
submitted to the DOA Engineering department. These changes are subject to approval by
all governing parties prior to changes in the field. Any work installed that is not in
accordance with the design and/or finishes approved by the DOA is subject to
disapproval and will be corrected prior to opening the tenant space.
21. Supervision: All Tenant improvement work must be supervised by a full-time project
superintendent of the Tenant Contractor at all times. NO EXCEPTIONS.
22. Alcohol or Drugs: Abuse of illegal, legal or controlled substances (including alcohol) on
the job site is not acceptable and will result in immediate removal from Airport property
and loss of access. Tenant Contractors found in any food establishment at the Airport that
serves alcoholic beverages will be directed to leave the job site.
23. Fire Alarm: Tenant Contractors are required to hire the DOA designated fire alarm
contractor to make the tie into the airport fire alarm loop and conduct all required tests
24. Dust Protection: Each Tenant Contractor is responsible for dust protection to insure that
no dust created within their Premises is allowed to contaminate the concourse or adjacent
Tenant areas. Each contractor is responsible for maintaining filter fabric over the return
ducts during the construction of their Premises and replacing it on a periodic basis to
eliminate contamination of the base building HVAC system.
25. Roof Access: Access to the roof needs to be scheduled through the DOA with at least 7
days prior notice.
B.
Safety
The contractor is responsible for the health and safety of its employees, agents,
subcontractors, subordinate contractors, suppliers, material men and other persons on the
Work site. The contractor shall take all of the necessary and reasonable precautions and
actions to protect all such persons from injury, damage or loss. Such actions shall include,
but without limitations:
1. Compliance with all applicable City, State or Federal occupational health and safety laws,
regulations, ordinances, rules or orders. DOA shall have the right at any time to conduct
an in-depth safety compliance review to the contractors and its subcontractors safety
policies, practices and procedures.
2. Preparation and implementation of contractors safety program.
The contractor shall assure the highest standard of safety during construction. The
contractor shall employ at the Work site a responsible qualified person whose duties shall
include the protection of persons and property and the administration of the contractors
safety program. The person shall be on the Work site at all times when construction is
Page 37 of 367
being performed and such person shall have power to stop the work if the minimum
requirements of all federal, state, local rules, regulations and ordinances are not followed.
The person must have safety training, a working knowledge of state and federal health
and safety laws and experience administering safety programs. The contractor shall
provide the DOA with this persons name prior to the start of construction.
This section shall be interpreted in its broadest sense for the protection of persons and
property by the contractor and shall not relieve the tenant and their contractor of any of
its obligations or duties under law.
3. Safety Gear:
Contractor shall provide safety orange retro-reflective or lighted (required for all work
performed during the hours of darkness) safety vests for personnel working on/or near
roadways and airfield. Contractor shall also equip personnel with working flashlights
equipped with a safety orange/red wand when working in above stated areas. The
above to be provided in addition to the OSHA required construction safety gear.
4. Barricades/Warning Lights/Signs:
The contractor shall furnish, place and maintain barricades, direction and warning signs,
red flags, battery powered yellow lights, and flagmen to adequately protect the work
under construction from damage to protect the traveling public from accident and/or
unnecessary inconvenience. General practices are as follows:
Exterior
a. Yellow lights shall continuously flash and have a minimum intensity of four (4)
candles and a flash rate of 55 to 75 flashes per minute with 10% flash duration.
b. All construction areas shall be separated from air operations area by 12x12 timber
barricades painted with alternating one (1) foot wide orange and white stripes.
Barricades shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet in length and shall be placed with a
separation of no greater than ten (10) feet to the next barricade. Each barricade shall
have two (2) yellow flashing lights as described above.
c. All booms on cranes shall be identified by painting the top twenty (20) feet white and
international orange in five (5) foot sections. Flags and 12 volt red flashing lights
will also be required. All booms shall be lowered when not in operation.
d. Steel plates, if required by the Engineer, shall be thick minimum, adequately sized
to safely span open excavations and secured in place.
e. The Tenant and Tenant Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, placing or
relocating, and maintaining barricades, lights, danger signals, etc.
Page 38 of 367
Interior
a. Provide details on the design drawings for interior construction barricades in
accordance with the DOA standard details.
5. Cutting, Welding, Open Flame and Spark Producing Equipment:
Before approval of any burn permit at the Philadelphia International Airport and the
Northeast Philadelphia airports by the DOA, the job superintendent shall inspect the work
area and confirm that the necessary precautions have been taken to prevent fire in
accordance with NFPA 51B and the Fire Code of Philadelphia. General precautions
include:
a. Sprinklers, where provided, in service (verified by DOA).
b. Cutting and welding equipment in good repair and cylinders properly secured.
c. Protect gas hoses from physical damage and clear of the public area.
d. Extinguishing equipment on site shall have current inspection tags issued by a
certified Fire Extinguishing Inspection Company.
e. Cutting and Welding area shall be well ventilated and by-product gases shall be
vented to unoccupied areas.
f. Electric arc welding, resistance welding and other similar welding equipment shall
comply with Article no. 630 of the 1993 NEC.
g. Only one days supply of acetylene on site.
h. City permit required to use acetylene cylinders exceeding 200 cubic feet net gas
capacity
i. Within 35 Feet of Work:
Floor swept clean of combustibles

Combustible floors wet down, covered with damp sand metal or other shields.
All wall and floor openings covered with non-combustible covers.
j. Non-combustible covers suspended beneath work to collect sparks.

k. Remove combustibles
combustibles.
or
provide
non-combustible
protective
shields
for
l. Work Enclosed Equipment (Tanks, containers, ducts, dust collectors, etc.):
Equipment cleaned of all combustibles.

Containers purged of all flammable vapors.
Page 39 of 367
m. Fire Watch:
Provide responsible person(s) solely assigned the duties of constantly watching

for accidental fires in the areas affected by the operation.
To be provided during, and 3 hours after the operation.
To include adjoining floors, rooms, and spaces affected by the operation.
n. Supplied with the following extinguishment equipment:
One portable pressurized water extinguisher at 2A minimum.

One portable dry chemical extinguisher rated at 30BC minimum
(No ABC rated extinguishers allowed) or
One portable CO2 extinguisher rated at 10BC minimum.
o. Notification to the Airports Communication Center (311 on any airport phone) of any
fire at the site, whether controlled or not. Airport Fire Department will respond and
investigate to determine the severity of hazard.
Tenant shall distribute the burn permit to the Airport Fire Department, Communications
Center and Operations Office at least 24 hours prior to any operation.
Penalties shall be assessed according to the Philadelphia Fire Code; $300.00 fine and/or 90
days imprisonment; for each violation or failure to comply.
See Appendix for Burn Permit.
C.
Security
General
As security and access change at the Philadelphia Airports periodically, it is the tenants
responsibility to keep abreast of the changes as they occur. The contractor and tenant
construction staff shall be responsible for monitoring all personnel, subcontractors personnel,
other contractors working in the same construction area, materials delivery trucks, authorized
visitors to the site, etc.
PHL
The contractor must obtain written authorization from the Airports Security Coordinator in
order to utilize a construction gate. The contractor will be required to supply full time,
trained, uniformed security, possessing a Philadelphia International Airport Badge.
Unescorted access authorization, for all construction gates or openings in the fence used by
the contractor for the project for access to restricted areas of the Airport and Aircraft
Operating Area (AOA). He shall be responsible for the unlocking and locking of the
construction gate, after each authorized movement through the gate, and remain on duty until
the last person leaves the construction site at the end of each day.
Page 40 of 367
Proper, DOA, Philadelphia International Airport issued identification badges will be required
of everyone entering work areas which are within the Airport Terminal Buildings past the
Security Screening Checkpoint, or anywhere with the Secure Boundary/Air Operations areas
of the airport. Contractor and all sub-contractor personnel will be required to obtain
unescorted access, Airport Photo Identification Badges. All personnel assigned to the project
will be required to display in full view and at all times their Airport Photo Identification
Badge.
The DOAs Security Department (DOA SST) and the Transportation Security Administration
(TSA) requires all personnel applying for an Airport Photo Identification Badge to complete
a written ten (10) year background investigation, with the most recent five (5) year verified
by the contractor. In addition, all applicants MUST submit to a fingerprint based criminal
history records check administered by the DOA.
All contractors and their subcontractors must certify in writing that they have performed
background checks on all of their employees to the extent necessary to ensure the safety and
security of the traveling public. The contractor is required to pay all fees for obtaining
background checks.
The cost for the fingerprinting will be $29.00, which will be paid by the contractor with a
company check or money order.
No persons with a felony conviction of the crimes listed in 49CFR1542.209 on or after
December 6, 1991 will be approved for an Airport Photo Identification Badge.
Each individual authorized for an Airport Photo Identification Badge will undergo Airport
Security Identification Display (SIDA) Training, prior to being provided with the Photo
Identification Badge.
The cost of each Airport Photo Identification Badge will be $30.00, which will be paid by the
contractor with a company check or money order.
All Airport Issued Identification Badges are issued to specific individuals, working on the
project, and are the property of the Airport. Airport Photo Identification Badge shall be worn
on outer clothing and on the upper portion of the body. Individuals must use own badge to
access doors and security check points. The contractor is responsible to immediately notify
the Airport Security Coordinator when an individual issued an Airport Photo Identification
Badge is no longer working on the project. The contractor is responsible for immediately
returning each Airport Photo Identification Badge to the Airport Security Coordinator when
the individual is no longer working on the project. Failure to do so will result in monetary
fines. Final payment to the contractor will be withheld until all Airport Photo Identification
Badges are returned to the Airport Security Coordinator upon completion of the project.
Individuals who must visit the project site, may be escorted by an authorized badged person
with escort designation on the badge. Each visitor must obtain a Green Escort Required
Page 41 of 367
Visitor Badge from the Airport Communication Center, prior to being allowed to enter the
Airport Secure Area. The individual escorting the visitor shall have escorting priviledges and
an E affixes on their Airport Photo Identification Badge. The contractor shall ensure that
the proper identification is issued to his authorized visitors to the work site. An Escort
Required Visitor Badge is valid for one day only and must be returned to the Airport
Communications Center.
The maximum number of Escort Required Green Badged personnel to Photo Identification
Badged personnel is three (3). Visitors must undergo screening, and must be under
continuous escort by a badged employee. The escort will sign for these individuals and will
be responsible to ensure that the visitor abides by all Airport Rules and Regulations; such as
Union Business agents, materials and equipment salesmen, etc.
The contractor shall be held responsible for the admission of any unauthorized personnel into
his work area. Anyone found on the work site without the proper identification will be
arrested by the Airport Police.
Failure of the contractor to fully comply with the above instructions and/or directions from
the Airport Security Coordinator, the Engineer and/or the Airport Superintendent shall result
in an immediate shutdown of the entire project and the contractor will receive no
compensation from the City for any such delays.
PNE
The contractor shall be responsible for monitoring all personnel requiring access to the work
site which shall include his personnel, subcontractors' personnel, other contractors working in
the same construction area, materials delivery trucks, authorized visitors to the site, etc.
All employees, subcontractor, authorized visitors to the work site; such as Union Business
agents, materials and equipment salesmen, etc. that do not have a valid, airport issued, photo
identification badges and wish to access the AOA are required to be escorted through the
Academy Road Access Gate.
Proper identification will be required of anyone entering the work area. The contractor will
be required to furnish a sufficient number of Green Identification Badges in accordance with
the following:
Wallet size (2-1/8" x 3-3/8")

Laminated plastic
Green background with black letters
Fastening device
The DOA will supply lettering detail. These specific identification badges will not be
valid outside this project's work area.
The maximum number of non-badged (Green Badges) personnel to Badged personnel is
five (5). Non-badged personnel must be within 50 feet of a badged employee and within
the employees line of sight.
Page 42 of 367
Photo Identification Badges may be issued by the DOA to selected superintendents and
foremen on an as-needed basis as determined by the Engineer. The cost of each Photo
Identification Badge will be $30.00, which will be paid by the contractor with a company
check or money order.
The Transportation Security Administration requires that all personnel applying for an
Airport Identification Badge complete a written ten (10) year background investigation, with
the most recent five (5) year verified by the contractor. In addition, all applicants will submit
to a fingerprint based criminal history records check administered by the DOA. The cost for
the fingerprinting will be $29.00. No persons with a felony conviction of the crimes listed in
49CFR1542.209 on or after December 6, 1991 will be approved for an Airport Identification
Badge.
All contractors and their subcontractors must certify in writing that they have performed
background checks on all of their employees to the extent necessary to ensure the safety and
security of the traveling public. This includes non-badged personnel. Final payment to the
contractor will be withheld until all Photo Identification Badges are returned to the Engineer
upon completion of the project. The contractor is required to pay all fees for obtaining
background checks.
All personnel assigned to the project will be required to display proper identification in full
view at all times.
The contractor shall issue the proper identification to all authorized visitors to the work site;
such as Union Business agents, materials and equipment salesmen, etc.
Contractors who are badged are required to take the drivers training course offered at
PHL. Only badged employees who have successfully passed the drivers training course
can provide escorts and be allowed to operate without an escort themselves.
The contractor shall be held responsible for the admission of any unauthorized personnel into
his work area. Anyone found on the work site without the proper identification will be
arrested by the Airport Police.
Failure of the contractor to fully comply with the above instructions and/or directions from
the Engineer and/or the Airport Superintendent shall result in an immediate shutdown of the
entire project and the contractor will receive no compensation from the City for any such
delays.
Page 43 of 367
D.
Schedules
The tenants contractor shall submit a construction schedule to DOA PM in a logical, easy to
read format which shall provide for the expeditious and practicable execution of the work.
The construction schedule for the performance of tenant work shall indicate reasonable detail
and critical milestones.
E.
Protection of Property
The contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide all
reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to:
All the work and all materials, equipment, systems, fixtures and furnishings to be
incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the work site, under care, custody or
control of the contractor, subcontractors, subordinate subcontractors of any tier, or suppliers;
and
Other property at the work site or adjacent thereto, including but without limitation, lawns,
walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction and ceiling tiles.
The contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes,
rules, regulations, and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of property
or its protection from damage, injury, or loss and further, shall cooperate and keep the tenant,
DOA and other contractors informed of all of the tenant contractors precautions for the
protection of the work.
The contractor shall be solely responsible for the design, installation and maintenance of all
temporary structures such as, but without limitation, all necessary bracing, framing and
structures or structural elements to prevent the failure of materials or temporary facilities
required in the execution of the work which could result in damage to property or the injury
or death of persons. The contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to ensure that no
part of any structure of any description is loaded beyond its bearing capacity. The contractor
shall not permit open fires within any building enclosure or on airport property unless
approved by the DOA.
If any contractor operations destroy or damage any real or personal property, public or
private, the contractor shall promptly repair or replace such property before work continues
and before DOA issues a letter of occupancy to the tenant.
F.
Protection of Utilities
The contractor shall exercise special care when working near existing utility installations
such as lights, ducts, structures, underground trench laid cables, cable marker pads, water
lines, underground oil lines, railroads and other installation, to ensure that no damage is done
Page 44 of 367
to them and that the underground wiring to such utilities is not damaged or rooted out, or
pipelines broken or punctured.
If the contractor damages any installation, he shall repair the damaged item to the engineers
satisfaction at his own expense. At the engineers discretion, repairs will be done
continuously on a 24 hour a day basis until completed. The contractor shall submit for
approval the name of an electrical contractor who shall be available on a 24 hour a day basis
to affect any repairs as may be necessary due to contractor error.
The contractor shall contact the Pennsylvania one call system (1-800-242-1776) not less than
three (3) working days and no more than ten (10) working days prior to starting any
excavation.
G.
Site Mobilization
Construction Access
Access to the DOA work site for construction is limited and will be determined and
coordinated with the DOA. All persons and vehicles entering the construction site MUST be
properly authorized to do so and MUST enter at the designated site entrance (or gate
locations). The tenant and the tenants contractor shall be responsible for assuring DOA that
all persons and vehicles required are in possession of valid access authorizations and for
returning same to DOA upon final completion or termination.
H.
Notification Requirements
Barricade Installation 7 days
Adjacent Space Access 3 days
Door/Roof Access 7 days
Burn Permit 3 days
Core Drilling Notification 3 days
Crane Notification 7 days
Utility Interruptions 7 days
Roadway Closures 7 days
Tenant Advisories 7 days
I.
Inspections
Persons who are employees of DOA or under contract with DOA as inspectors will conduct
daily inspections to insure that all rules and regulations are being adhered to. Inspections
may be conducted at any time. The DOA inspector has the authority to halt all work until
satisfactory conditions have been met.
City of Philadelphia (L&I) or Tinicum Township inspector or authorized representative may
inspect the site for the purpose of enforcing the Codes. Any site may be inspected at any
Page 45 of 367
time before completion and may be re-inspected when deemed necessary to enforce the
provisions of the building code.
Minimum Inspections
Inspections shall include but are not limited to the following:
1. Inspection of footing excavations and reinforcement materials for concrete footings prior
to the placement of concrete.
2. Inspection of foundation systems during all phases of construction necessary to assure
compliance with the code.
3. Inspection of preparatory work prior to the placement of concrete.
4. Inspection of structural members and fasteners prior to concealment.
5. Inspection of electrical, mechanical and plumbing materials and systems prior to
concealment.
6. Inspection of energy conservation material prior to concealment.
7. Inspection of fire protection system prior to demolishing existing fire protection systems
or removing temporary protection methods.
8. Upon completion of the building structure, and before issuance of the Certificate of
Occupancy, a final inspection shall be made and approved.
All violations of the approved construction documents and permit shall be noted and the
tenant shall be notified of discrepancies.
Special Inspections
The tenant contractor shall provide special inspections for construction as required by the
IBC. These Special Inspections shall be conducted on work including certain steel
construction, concrete construction, prepared fill and pile foundations. The Special Inspector
shall be provided by the tenant or tenants contractor.
Inspection Notification
It is the responsibility of the permit holder to notify the building official when stages of
construction are reached that require an inspection listed in the paragraph above titled
Minimum Inspections. The tenant contractor shall provide all ladders, scaffolds, test
equipment and special tools required to complete an inspection or test.
J.
Substantial Completion
When the tenants contractor considers that the work is substantially completed, the
contractor shall notify the tenant and DOA Engineering that the work is ready for inspection
and shall include with its notice of substantial completion of work a list of minor items to be
completed or corrected that would not affect the tenants beneficial occupancy. For the
purpose of this manual, substantial completion shall mean that all major systems are installed
and operational, all ceilings are installed and floors patched. All life safety items such as fire
alarms and sprinklers shall be energized, operational and approved by the AHJ.
Page 46 of 367
PART VI - POST CONSTRUCTION & PROJECT CLOSEOUT

A.
Punch List
The contractor shall perform and complete his work accordingly to the approved contract
documents without fault or defect of any kind. When this condition of completion exists, the
contractor shall request final inspection. Within ten (10) calendar days after contractors
notice of completion of the work, the tenant, the tenants representative, a representative of
any City Agency or local Township Agency, DOA and tenants contractor shall make an
inspection of the work to determine whether the work has been completed in accordance with
the Approved Construction Documents and to provide a Construction Punch List. The
contractor shall remedy each punch list item and make the work conform to the Contract
Documents in every instance. The contractor shall then request inspection of all punch list
items. Final completion shall start the period of warranty unless stated otherwise in the
tenants documents.
B.
Warranties/Guarantees and Correction of Work

The tenant shall ensure that all parts, materials, components, fixtures, furnishings, equipment,
finishes and other items used to perform the work shall be new (unless otherwise specified in
the tenants approved specifications) and suitable for the purpose used and will be of good
quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with Approved Construction
Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions
not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The tenant shall, when
requested by the DOA, furnish DOA with satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of
materials, fixtures, furnishings and equipment. The tenant shall ensure that the construction
process and methods employed by its contractor to perform the work shall have in the past
proven to be suitable for the results expected. If the tenant proposes to use an unproven and
untried method, process or product, the DOA must be advised the proposal in writing. DOA
may permit experimentation, and it may require special guarantees to cover the work
produced by such new and untried process, method or product.
The tenant shall ensure that full title to all fixed equipment, and components new or repaired
is conveyed to the DOA under the terms of the Lease Agreement, that transfer of such title to
the DOA is rightful and that all fixed equipment, components, systems, exhaust hoods or
other fixed items shall be transferred to the DOA free and clear from all security interests,
liens, or encumbrances whatsoever. Tenants warranty for such items shall pass to DOA at
the date of Substantial Completion.
The tenant shall ensure that its contractor promptly repair, replace or otherwise correct any of
its workmanship and any parts, materials, furnishings, fixtures, finishes, components,
equipment or other items in the work which contain fault or defects whether such failures are
Page 47 of 367
observed by DOA or tenant before or after Substantial Completion. The Tenant shall ensure
that warranties shall continue for a period of at least one year after the date of Substantial
Completion in accordance with the specification herein, or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by the terms of any special warranties required by the Approved Construction
Contract Documents. If repair or replacement of faulty items of the Work is necessary,
proper equivalent temporary substitutes shall be provided by the Contractor in order to
maintain the progress of the work and/or keep systems operating without any additional cost
to the DOA or the Tenant.
Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with
respect to any other obligation which the Tenant might have under the Approved
Construction Contract Documents. The establishment of the warranty periods set forth above
relates only to the specific obligation of the contractor to correct the work, and has no
relationship to the time within which its obligation to comply with the Approved
Construction Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced by the Tenant, nor to the
time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the contractors liability with
respect to its obligations and resulting damages other than specifically to correct the Work.
The Tenant shall ensure repair or replacement of any damages to equipment, facilities,
furnishings, systems, components, finishes or other personal or real property owned or leased
by DOA as part of the System, which is damaged as a result of any such fault or defect or its
repair, at no cost to the DOA.
All subcontractors, manufacturers, and suppliers warranties and guarantees, express or
implied, for any part of the work and any materials, equipment and components used herein
shall be obtained and enforced by the contractor for the benefit of the Tenant whether or not
these warrantees have been assigned or otherwise transferred to DOA or Tenant. The
contractor shall assign or transfer such warranties and guarantees to DOA if DOA requests
the Tenant to do so, but such transfer shall not affect the contractors obligation to enforce
such warranties and guarantees.
C.
Certificates of Occupancy & Documentation

Any building or structure shall not be used until a Certificate of Use and Occupancy has
been issued by the Building Official.
1. The holder of the permit may request the Building Official to issue a Temporary
Certificate of Occupancy for a Building or Structure, or part thereof, before the entire
work covered by the Construction Permit has been completed. The Temporary
Certificate of Occupancy may be issued provided the Building Official determines that
such portions may be occupied safely prior to full completion of the building or structure
and the duration of temporary usage is acceptable.
2. The following items and documents are also required by the project:
As-Built Drawings: Electronic; CAD files on disk and one (1) hard copy.
Page 48 of 367
D.
Air Balance Report: The Tenant is to submit three (3) copies of this report.
Equipment Warranties: The Tenant is to submit three (3) copies of warranties for all
equipment installed that becomes part of the Airport infrastructure.
O&M Manuals: The Tenant is to submit three (3) copies for all equipment installed
that becomes part of the Airport infrastructure.
Underwriter Electrical Certification: The Tenant Contractor will provide a copy of the
certificate issued by the Electrical Inspector.
Certificate of Health: If required, the Tenant shall provide a copy of the Certificate of
Health.
Record As-Built Drawings

The contractor shall maintain one set of black or blue-lined white prints of the contract
Drawings and Shop drawings. It is in the Tenants best interest that changes and
modifications are posted to the markup contract drawings as they occur. At the completion of
the project the Tenant shall prepare a full set of corrected CAD drawings depicting the actual
installation. As-Built Record Drawings not provided in 30 days will be completed by the
DOA in-house staff and the Tenant back-charged. Submit one set of As-Built Drawings
and a disk containing the Cad files. Refer to the Design/CADD Guidelines Manual.
E.
Guidelines for Submitting Record As-Built Drawings to the Division of Aviation

As required under the permit process, the Division of Aviation (DOA) requires the
submission of As-Built Drawings upon completion of any changes (new construction or
existing space renovation) made to tenant areas within the Terminal Building and Ramp
Areas. AutoCAD drawings will be made available to you so that you can submit changes to
the DOA electronically.
Terminal Building and Ramp Area space is to be measured based on the following criteria:
1. Terminal Building space (rooms) is to be delineated by using the center lines of interior
walls and by using the outermost wall lines for exterior walls.
2. Within the Terminal Building, Hold Room space is delineated by using the outer face of
columns (corridor sides).
3. Ramp Area space is to be delineated from the face of the Terminal Building to the
Aircraft Parking Restriction Line (APRL). In the absence of a surface painted APRL, the
adjacent taxilines object free area defines the outer limit of the lease area.
Page 49 of 367
Each room within the As-Built Drawings must be assigned a function name. Function names
for each type of tenant are, as follows:
Airline tenant - Function names are shown on Table 1, on the following page.
Pick from this list the most appropriate function name that matches the use of the
fitout area.
Concession tenants Function names are shown below.
Space Function
Concessions
Description of Space Function

Passenger amenities provided by merchandise retailers and food and
beverage services at an airport. This function would include seating
areas.
Storage or support areas typically located on the first level of the

Concessions
terminal remote from the concessions or tenants public retail or
Storage/Support
service operations.
Other non-Airline tenants No function names need to be assigned.
Page 50 of 367
Table 1
Airline Space by Function
Space Function
Description of Space Function
Ticket Counters
Areas in which departing passengers check-in (including E-Ticket

kiosks).
Ticket Counter Offices
Airline offices areas located within the Ticketing Building that support
the passenger check-in function and airline staff.
Airline Space
Type 2 airline operations/support area typically located on the second

level of the terminal.
Airline Lounge
An area operated by a particular airline offering private meeting rooms,

business services, and food and beverage.
Hold Rooms
A waiting area, usually adjacent to a gate, used for assembling

departing passengers prior to flight departure.
Baggage Claim Area
Area provided in the Terminal Building for the claiming of checked

baggage from airlines by arriving passengers.
Baggage Claim Offices
Airline offices which are located within or adjacent to the baggage

claim area.
Airline Operations Space
Leased area which includes operation offices, control/dispatch offices,

and mechanical/electrical facilities.
Baggage Make-Up
A nonpublic area where checked baggage for departing flights is sorted

and loaded into containers or onto baggage carts.
Inbound Baggage
The area where checked baggage from arriving flights is unloaded from
baggage containers or baggage carts and placed on conveyor belts for
distribution to the baggage claim device.
Cart Tunnel/Baggage
Recheck
Roadway/tunnel area used for tug circulation and baggage devices used
for the recheck of baggage.
Federal Inspection
Services
Areas where custom and immigration services, including passport and

baggage inspection, collection of duties of certain imported items, and
ancillary offices required to support the where preceding services are
conducted, including sterile circulation or processing areas.
Page 51 of 367
PART VII - DESIGN GUIDELINES

A.
Overview
This design criterion applies to the design of general construction heating, ventilation, air
conditioning (HVAC), plumbing, fire protection, electrical and special systems at
Philadelphia International (PHL) and Northeast Philadelphia (PNE) Airports.
Information pertaining to the existing systems in the form of Record As-built Drawings
may be available through the Division of Aviation Design and Construction Unit. However,
if drawings are available it shall be expressly understood that the Division of Aviation cannot
accept responsibility for the information shown on Record As-built Drawings. It shall be
the design professionals responsibility to verify locations and accuracy of information
shown on these drawings prior to design and construction of the systems.
Design criteria specific for concession spaces under the control of MarketPlace-Redwood
Limited Partnership (Landlord) include additional requirements.
Organizations
The following is a list of organizations referred to in the design criteria section of this
manual.
B.
AGA
ANSI
API
ASHRAE
ASME
ASTM
AWWA
FM
NSF
PDI
UL
American Gas Association

American National Standards Institute
American Petroleum Institute
American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning Engineers.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society of testing and Materials
American Water Works Association
Factory Mutual
National Sanitation Foundation
Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard
Underwriters Laboratories
Computer-Aided Drafting (CAD) Requirements

A separate copy of guidelines for CAD standards may be obtained from the DOA
Engineering 215-937-6727. All project submittals shall be provided in both electronic and
hard copy format. DOA Engineering will indicate which submissions will require electronic
media submittals.
Page 52 of 367
C.
General Construction
1. Access For Disabled
The DOA requires that its facilities and services be designed to accommodate disabled
individuals. The design for all projects, accomplished by the Tenants, shall conform, as a
minimum, to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) enacted July 26, 1990 (P.L.
101-336; 42 U.S.C. 12101 note) and federal guidelines developed there from.
2. Use of Noncombustible Materials
All new construction or remodeling of present structures shall use non-combustible
materials and be in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Codes and Standards. Temporary construction trailers are exempt from this requirement,
but all other code requirements must be met.
3. General Site Development
Site development plans for development of property at either airport shall be consistent
with the airport Master Plan, as defined in the Airport Master Plan, Land Use Plan, and
sub-area plans and with the Design Manual. Site development plans shall contain
sufficient information to determine the compatibility of the proposed project with DOA
policies and FAA Guidelines. At a minimum, the site development plan shall describe
the project, its location, dimensions, and impact.
4. Height Limitations
The Tenant shall include all requirements for all demolition and construction within the
Airports that the height of Contractor equipment shall be limited to a height that shall not
penetrate the Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) Part 77 imaginary surfaces, unless
otherwise approved in writing by the DOA. Prior to beginning work, the contractor shall
notify the Airport Operations Department and the Engineering and Maintenance
Department of the respective airport where work is being performed, of the height of all
cranes, boom trucks, scaffolds, or similar vehicles or construction that will be within the
AOA.
5. Environmental Requirements
The Philadelphia International Airport and Northeast Philadelphia Airport are fully
committed to the protection and enhancement of the natural environment through
compliance with enforcement of all applicable federal, state, and local regulations in this
area. The following standards and procedures have been established to provide a better
understanding of the DOA policies.
a. Storm Water Pollution Prevention
If disturbance area of a construction project is greater than 10,000 square feet, the
tenant shall incorporate a Storm Water Pollution Plan.
Page 53 of 367
b. Erosion and Sediment Controls

Any construction project that involves excavation, backfill or disturbance of the
existing ground shall require erosion and sediment control measures. The Erosion
and Sediment Control Plan shall meet the requirements of the Pennsylvania
Department of Environmental Protection (and Tinicum Township where applicable).
Prior to the start of any land disturbing activities, the Erosion and Sediment Control
Plan shall be submitted to the DOA for approval. The Erosion and Sediment Control
Plan shall meet the minimum requirements stipulated by PADEP.
c. Environmental Evaluation/Asbestos and other Hazardous Materials
If the Tenant discovers asbestos-containing material, lead paint, petroleum
contaminated soil or other hazardous materials at any time during construction, they
must immediately notify DOA.
6. Site Work and Exterior Utilities
The tenant shall design all projects so that the work required incorporates all relevant
requirements. Coordinate all field engineering services on both land side and airside with
the DOA. No work will be permitted without adequate knowledge of surface conditions
as determined by soils investigations, field sampling, laboratory testing, and written
report provided by a qualified geotechnical consultant familiar with the execution of such
work. A geotechnical report shall be provided to the DOA for review. The report shall
explain the technical issues to be resolved, field and laboratory methods used, estimated
number and depths of borings, and other field methods, estimated laboratory testing, and
reporting methods. Before performing any field work, the Tenant shall provide a detail
work plan. Some of the issues discussed, but are not limited to are:
Nature and extent of unsuitable soils and recommendations for remedial methods.
Recommendations for other soil improvement methods, including excavations and
replacement, geo-fabrics, and soil stabilization.
Pavement recommendations, including CBR values, for flexible pavements and the
subgrade modulus (K-value)for rigid pavements.
Foundation recommendations, including allowable bearing pressures, anticipated
settlement, and issues relating to eccentric loading and uplift load.
Recommended excavation methods based on seismic refraction results.
Ground water control recommendations.
Detailed recommendations for any other special conditions.
7. Landscaping
The design and installation of plant materials shall conform to current standards for each
of the airports and be in accordance with the airports master plan. The landscaping plan
shall blend the natural size and function of the plantings with the architectural aspects of
the surrounding buildings. Seeded lawns should provide a year round green effect for
open areas. Seed mixture should be coordinated with the DOA prior to specifying.
Page 54 of 367
8. Terminal Building Use and Construction Classification

Building use and classification shall be in accordance with the International Building
Code (IBC)
9. Temporary Construction
Only permanent construction will be approved on Airports property. However,
temporary construction may be required by the construction of new facilities or
renovation of existing facilities by the Tenant. Such facilities shall be consistent with
those aspects of the design manual that are reasonably achievable without financial
burden, and subject to review and approval in writing the DOA. The Tenant facilities
shall clearly identify all Design Manual requirements that will not be met by the
temporary construction and must request written DOA approval to design to the lower
standards of construction. Temporary facilities shall be permitted to remain in place for
not more than six months, unless specifically tied to the construction period for
permanent facilities.
10. Exterior Surface and Public Area Colors
The color of all exterior and public area surfaces shall match the requirements, color and
type, of the airport master scheme. Color samples shall be submitted to the DOA
designated construction representative for necessary approval prior to completing design
and prior to the start of painting.
11. Thermal Transmittance
New construction or modifications affecting building exterior envelope component
materials shall be planned, designed, and constructed in accordance with the IBC for
overall thermal transmittance of gross area of the exterior building envelope, such as
walls, floors, or roof/ceilings. Thermal transmittance values shall meet the requirements
specified in the International Energy Conservation Code.
12. Wood and Wood-Veneer Products
In passenger terminals and concourses, the use of wood and wood composition products
shall be in accordance with applicable provisions of the latest edition of the IBC. The
exception to the use of fire retardant-treated plywood is for structural applications, such
as a roof deck. Additionally, fire retardant lumber shall not be ripped or milled.
In passenger terminals and concourses, wood veneer products shall be constructed in
accordance with applicable provisions of the IBC. The contractor shall provide a
submittal documenting the fire classification of the product prior to construction.
13. Laminated Surfaces
In passenger terminals and concourses, cabinets, counter tops, and plastic laminated
surfaces shall typically be constructed in accordance with applicable provisions of the
IBC.
Page 55 of 367
14. Roof System

The Philadelphia International Airport and surrounding facilities and the Northeast
Philadelphia Airport and surrounding facilities, have various types of roofing systems.
Any new roofing or re-roofing system shall, unless otherwise directed in writing by the
DOA, be consistent with the existing roofing system. All roof work shall be completed
by a contractor approved by the roofing system so not to void the existing warranty.
Walking pads shall be provided and existing routes extended to any new rooftop
equipment being installed by the Tenant.
15. Floor and Wall Coverings
In passenger terminals and concourse, all floor and wall coverings, including carpet, shall
meet the applicable provisions of the IBC. A certified document of test data compliance
from a testing laboratory shall be furnished to the DOA for approval.
Floors may be covered with carpet, hardwood, thin-set ceramic tile, stone, terrazzo or
slate. Hard surfacing materials, granites, natural stones, and tiles are recommended for
areas subject to high volumes of traffic such as entries, around sales counters, and to
define circulation routes. Softer materials, such as carpet and natural wood, are
recommended to define areas such as merchandising zones.
Specific to PHL:
With the Exception of tenants adjacent to carpet in the B-C Connector and Terminal AWest, if not existing, the tenant must install concourse border tile as a transition from the
concourse terrazzo to the tenant floor finish. A minimum of one course of paver tile must
be visible between the tenant storefront and the concourse terrazzo flooring.
Concourse paver tile flooring must extend from the lease line to the storefront closure
line or the centerline of the grille at retail entry. The level of the finished floor within the
demised premises must align with the airport finish elevation at the entry. Butt joints are
required. No vinyl transition strips are allowed. Between the airport finish and the tenant
floor finish the tenant is to install a metal channel. All transitions within the Tenants
premises must be flush.
16. Ceilings
Ceiling should be designed in response to the design characteristics of the Tenants
identity. In order to create a more interesting space, ceiling should be designed to
emphasize specific locations or features within the space. This can be achieved by
changing ceiling heights and/or materials. The tenant is also encouraged to use
innovative lighting to achieve emphasis. It is recommended that the ceiling be located as
high as possible given the constraints of a specific tenant space. Flush ceiling access
panels shall be provided as required for servicing base building systems.
Acceptable ceiling materials include:
Page 56 of 367
GWB painted,
2ft x2ft tiles laid in grid (rectangular only),
Wood or metal slats,
All ceiling suspension systems should be metal. Support for ceiling hangers should be
tied to the structural members. Support from decking or utility lines is not allowed.
17. Paint, Fire Resistance, and Environmental Requirement
All paint shall meet the requirements of the NFPA for flame spread and smoke density.
Paint process shall meet environmental standards for ventilation as established by OSHA.
All paints, solvents, rags, and other painting refuse shall be disposed of properly off of
Airport property according to State and Federal environmental regulations. Evidence of
such compliance shall be furnished to the DOA before painting begins.
18. Partition Requirements
Wall partition framing shall be of noncombustible materials, such as metal studs,
channels, caps, and bracing. Wood framing is not acceptable. All gypsum board shall
have a minimum thickness of 5/8. Fire resistance rating shall be as required by the IBC.
Metal studs shall be securely affixed on both sides at the top and bottom, installed in
accordance with the manufacturers recommendations for framing openings, spacing,
heights and gauges. thick gypsum board may be used (except in demising walls)
upon approval from the DOA. Fire resistance rating shall be in accordance with the IBC.
19. Wall Studs
All exterior wall studs shall be galvanized and shall be a minimum of 18 gauge up to 10
feet in length and 16 gauge for lengths greater than 10 feet. All field welds shall be
coated with two coats of galvanizing paint. Double 18 gauge studs shall be installed on
each side of all door openings and areas that will support signs, cabinets, shelves etc.
All interior wall studs shall be a minimum of 20 gauge. Stud depth shall be determined
by bearing requirements and stud length. Double 18 gauge studs shall be installed on
each side of all door openings and areas that will support signs, cabinets, shelves, etc.
Metal Stud Splicing: Maximum unsupported length of metal studs at fire rated walls
shall be 20 feet. Provide splicing of metal studs in accordance with industry standards.
20. Lock Systems
The Tenant must design and specify a lock system that is keyed to the Airports master
system. Locksets shall accept seven-pin premium keyway interchangeable cores
manufactured by the Best Lock Corporation. During periods of construction, locks shall
be equipped with construction cores to assure the Contractor and designated DOA
personnel access to the work sites. The Contractor shall furnish combine key cores to the
DOA. After construction is complete, the DOA locksmith shall remove the construction
Page 57 of 367
cores, and install an airport master-keyed lock core. Two keys shall be supplied for each
lock. All requests for additional keys shall be processed through DOA Engineering and
Maintenance. Design documents shall indicate that the DOA locksmith services will be
charged to contractors.
21. Exit Doors
Egress doors shall comply with exit requirements of IBC and the ADA. This includes the
direction of the door swing, exit signage, emergency lights, and exit discharge.
22. Baggage Conveyors
In public areas, baggage conveyor systems shall be located to provide a minimum
clearance of 10 feet between the conveyor and an adjacent wall or other obstacles.
Conveyor belt access openings to restricted areas or the AOA of the airport shall be
closely coordinated with the AOA Security design requirements. Conveyor belt access
openings through firewalls shall be provided with fire proof doors that close
automatically when the conveyor is not in use. The conveyor shall be provided with a
start warning system that shall activate an audible alarm and flashing light in the baggage
room and areas where the public has access to the conveyor. After a short warning
period, the system shall automatically start and the alarm light shall stop. Emergency
stop stations shall be provided in baggage rooms and strategic public areas. When an
emergency stop button is depressed, a red light shall be illuminated on all emergency stop
buttons. The system shall be designed so that it may be restarted only from the station
that actuated the emergency push button. The conveyor belt shall be automatically
stopped by means of a photo-laser located at the discharge end of each loading belt. The
photo-sensor shall detect when no bags are left on the conveyor. A jam sensor shall be
provided so that if baggage blocks the photo-sensor for a timed interval, the conveyor
shall stop. A Jam Reset button shall be provided at the photo-sensor that must be reset
before the conveyor can be restarted.
Structural calculations shall be submitted to the DOA for review and approval showing
that codes are met for any conveyor equipment to be suspended from an existing
structure. Proper vibration isolation analysis and vibration isolation is required.
Minimum Width: all baggage conveyor belts must have a minimum width between
sidewalls of 36 inches.
In areas where walls are adjacent to baggage claim devices or take-away belts, protection
for the wall finishes shall be provided. In public areas, the skirting below the baggageclaim devices and wall protection behind such devices shall be No. 4A Brushed Finish
stainless steel, minimum 16 gauge, with suitable and substantial backing and support.
Page 58 of 367
23. Signage
Design of tenant signage be created with high quality graphics and shall be consistent
with the airports trends and standards. It is suggested that the Tenant consult with a
graphic designer. All signs, including signs of a temporary nature, must be approved by
DOA in writing.
The tenant is required to provide power for illumination of signage. All illuminated signs
shall be controlled by 7-day, 24 hour time clock set to the standard airport hours.
Tenant signage must meet the following standards:
a. Signage shall be limited to name, logo and decorative accents. The name is defined
as the doing business name outlined in the lease or lease amendments. Any text other
than the business name is not permitted.
b. All attachment devices, wiring, transformers and any other mechanisms required must
be concealed. No exposed conduit, tubing or raceways, conductors, transformers, PK
housings, or other equipment will be permitted. No exposed bolts, fastenings or clips.
Neon transformers must be concealed above ceilings or within sign housing.
c. Corporate colors shall not be garish and are subject to DOA approval
d. No box-type back lit panel, formed plastic, injection molded, animated, or flashing
components are permitted. No hand lettered signs are permitted.
e. No sign maker labels or other identification shall be permitted on the exposed surface
of the signs, except those required by code. Required labels shall be located in an
inconspicuous location. All electrified sign must be certified with a U.L. Listing.
f. Materials shall be high quality and conform to local building codes, state and national
electric codes, and all signage material must be U.L.-rated.
g. All signage design is subject to DOA approval prior to fabrication. Sign
design/details including electrical connections/wiring to be submitted as a part of the
review submission. Drawings shall be to scale with all elements clearly drawn,
detailed and specified, along with color and material samples with a key plan
illustrating location of signs within the tenant space.
24. Architectural Concrete
Architectural concrete is defined as concrete that will be permanently exposed to view
and therefore requires special care in selection of the concrete materials, forming, placing
and finishing to obtain the desired architectural appearance. Achieving acceptable
architectural concrete requires greater control of these components and the specification
is the vehicle to provide the standards and requirements. The industry has developed
several standards to define the requirements. The architectural concrete specifications
should include text as appropriate from the following American Concrete Institute (ACI)
standards of practice:
Page 59 of 367
301
303.1 303R 301
212.4R 533R 548.6R 551R -
Specification for Structural Concrete

Standard Specification for Cast-in-Place Architectural
Concrete
Guide to Cast-in-Place Architectural Concrete Practice
Specification for Structural Concrete, Chapter 6
Guide for Use of High-Range Water-Reducing Admixtures
(Super plasticizers) in Precast Concrete Wall Panels, 5.4
Guide for Precast concrete Wall Panels
Polymer Concrete Structural Applications: State-of-theArt Report, 4.1
Tilt-up Concrete Structures, 2.16
Merely referring to the above documents in the specifications is not acceptable. Specific
standards and requirements should be provided.
25. Structural
All Exposed buildings and other structures not subject to heavy vehicular loading shall be
designed in accordance with IBC except for the following more stringent requirements:
Wind Speed: The minimum basic wind speed (3 Second Gust) shall be
100 mph.
Roof Live Load: the minimum roof live load shall be 30 Pounds Per Square Foot (psf),
applied to the horizontal projection of the roof. In addition, all building roofing systems
shall be designed in accordance with Factory Mutual standards for a windstorm resistance
rating/design of Class I-90.
Exposed fuel storage tanks, potable water tanks, glycol storage, water tanks for fire
protection services, and chilled water storage tanks shall be designed to the applicable
building codes and tank fabrication standards but not less than the following criteria:
The minimum wind velocity shall be 100 mph.

The minimum lwind load pressures shall be:
o 30 psf on vertical plane surfaces
o 18 psf on projected areas of cylindrical surfaces.
o 15 psf on projected areas of conical and double curved surfaces.
Structural Calculations
Tenant shall provide calculations for all structural work.
Structural Design Requirements
Tenants shall submit the following information:
Page 60 of 367
a. Roof plan indicating location of tenant roof top equipment and structural design for
equipment and roof penetrations.
b. Location, size and weight of any and all equipment.
c. Ceiling hung equipment plan.
d. Rolling grille and storefront weight and supporting details.
e. Location plan, size, and support details for floor openings.
f. Location plan, size and support details for roof openings.
g. Location plan, size and weight of safes and other heavy furniture.
The tenant must comply with the following items:
a. Loads shall not be supported on demising partitions.
b. Maximum floor live load shall not exceed 100 pounds per square foot.
c. Floor and roof slabs or deck shall not be cut without the DOAs written approval. All
penetrations shall be made by the DOAs approved contractor.
d. If AHU is to be supported by the upper level (roof) the tenant shall utilize the nearest
existing steel racks. Size and weight of such units shall be submitted for review.
e. Piping, conduits, etc. shall be located under the upper level structure, where possible,
and through existing beam openings where provided. No structural members,
kickers, bracing or bridging member shall be cut or damaged.
26. Foundations Work
Foundation bearing capacity and elevations shall be verified by a registered Geotechnical
Engineer Licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and the results coordinated
DOA Engineering.
27. Corrosion Protection
The minimum concrete cover for prestressed concrete shall be 1-1/2 for all members.
The minimum concrete cover for mild top reinforcement work shall be 2 for slabs and
3 for beams subject to outdoor environment and/or vehicular traffic. This shall include
2 for formed concrete exposed to earth and 3 for concrete cast directly against earth.
The maximum water/cement ratio shall be .40 and shall incorporate provisions for
adequate drainage of such structures. Epoxy-coated reinforcing steel shall be utilized in
concrete exposed to outdoor elements including: floor decks, foundation and shell and
tunnel linings.
28. Waterstops
Waterstops shall be installed at all construction joints below ground level.
29. Temporary Bracing/Excavation Support Systems/Shoring
Construction documents shall clearly state the contractors responsibilities for design,
installation and maintenance of temporary bracings and support systems during
construction. The construction documents shall require the contractor to hire a
Professional Engineer, licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, to design, sign,
and seal the final design documents and calculations for temporary bracing/excavation
Page 61 of 367
support systems and shoring. The A/E shall provide performance specifications within
the construction documents requiring the Contractor to design and construct temporary
support of excavation system, to provide, read and maintain the necessary
instrumentation and monitoring program, and to be prepared to provide immediate
corrective actions. The a/E shall clearly define and specify requirements for safe and
satisfactory performance of the system including protection of surrounding facilities at
project sites requiring cut-and-cover construction.
30. Cutting of Existing Floors or Structural Elements
Any structural cut or core through any floor or structural component of any existing DOA
building must be identified in request at least 72 hours before the core or cut is
anticipated to be made. In general where post-tensioned tendons are present, the DOA
will request non-destructive sub-surface testing prior to permitting any coring or cutting
of floors or any structural component. The testing is intended to locate and avoid damage
to reinforcement, post-tensioned tendons, and concealed utilities. The party requesting
the cut or core shall propose in their request the appropriate means to provide such testing
as part of the request. The results of the test are subject to the DOA prior approval before
any demolition, cutting or coring.
D.
Mechanical
The heating and air conditioning systems throughout the Philadelphia International Airport
terminal building complex are served by three independent thermal plants.
Heating for the buildings is accomplished using low pressure steam, hot water or hot
water/ethylene glycol systems. Air conditioning for the buildings is achieved by using a
chilled water system. There are two types of chilled water systems currently being used at
the airport: (1) Conventional chilled water system and (2) Chilled water/ethylene glycol
system. The type of heating system that is available varies depending on location within the
building. The use of electric resistance heat is at the discretion of the Division of Aviation on
a case-by-case basis.
HVAC System Descriptions: The HVAC system within the Philadelphia Airport varies from
concourse to concourse, as follows:
Terminal A-West: A central heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) is provided
for all retail tenants in Terminal A-West. The system utilizes multiple indoor central station
air handlers, with main supply and return stubs extended to the perimeter of tenant spaces.
The Landlord system will provide approximately 1.5 CFM per square foot of chilled air for
retail spaces and 2.5 CFM per square foot of chilled air for food and beverage spaces.
Tenants are responsible for connections to this system and for individual space control. The
Landlords tenant coordinator will provide individual tenants with base building HVAC
information to be used in the development of tenant specific HVAC design.
BC/Connector: A central heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system is
provided for all tenants in the B/C Connector. This system utilizes multiple rooftop mounted
Page 62 of 367
air handlers, with main supply and return ducts extended to the perimeter of tenant spaces.
Tenants are responsible for connections to this system and for individual space control. The
landlords Tenant Coordinator will provide individual tenants with base building HVAC
information to be used in the development of the tenant specific HVAC design. Tenant must
purchase and install VAV box (Trane Model #VCCE or VCEE) on the supply air duct
provided to their space. At the tenants discretion, the tenant may want to provide a reheat
coil.
Terminal F: Retail: A central heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) is
provided for all retail tenants in Terminal F. The system utilizes multiple rooftop mounted
air handlers, with main supply stubs to the perimeter of tenant spaces. The Landlord system
will supply approximately 1.5 CFM per square foot of chilled air for retail spaces. Return is
accomplished through the public areas. Tenants are responsible for connections to this
system and for individual space control. The Landlords tenant coordinator will provide
individual tenants with base building HVAC information to be used in the development of
tenant specific HVAC design.
Food and Beverage: Food and Beverage Tenants shall use the conditioned air supplied by
the Landlord system for outside air only. All Food and Beverage Tenants shall install a new
independent heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system. This system shall
utilize an air handler installed within the Tenant space and a remote compressor/condenser
located in a roof-top location designated by the Landlord. Fresh air shall be obtained through
the Landlord system. This system shall maintain the tenant space in negative pressure at all
times to guarantee the food odors and smoking odors do not migrate into the Terminal.
Tenant is required to provide exhaust if necessary to remain negative.
Terminal Heads and Concourses: The Division of Aviation (DOA) is providing a
central heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system for all Retail, Food and
Beverage and Food Court tenants in an as is condition. Tenants may accept the existing
systems capacity or choose to install a new independent system by utilizing the airports
central hot and chilled water system. All variations to the base building system will
require the landlords approval and the work must be performed by the landlords
designated contractor. In Terminal Head and Concourse Food Courts, the landlord has
provided a common HVAC system for the Food court tenants and the seating area.
DE Connector: Subtenant spaces are served by air-handling units located in a remote
mechanical room located on the 4th floor of the DE Connector. Fully conditioned
(heated/cooled) supply air will be provided to each space at a minimum of 1.5 CFM/SF
for retail spaces and 2.5 CFM for food and beverage spaces. Ductwork will be located to
accommodate at least a 10 foot ceiling height above finish floor. Return air ducts will be
stubbed to the perimeter of each concession area.
E Hammerhead: Subtenant spaces are served by air-handling units located in remote
mechanical rooms. Fully conditioned (heated/cooled) supply air will be provided to each
space at a minimum of 1.5 CFM/SF for retail spaces and 2.5 CFM for food and beverage
spaces. Ductwork will be located to accommodate at least a 10 foot ceiling height above
Page 63 of 367
finish floor. Return air ducts will be stubbed to the perimeter of each concession area.
Flat areas on the roof above the concessions area are provided to accommodate
Subtenants grease, heat and smoke exhaust requirements. The structure above the
concession area will be designed to accommodate the imposed loads of any Subtenant
installed grease exhaust, smoke exhaust, HVAC systems and make up air systems
D and E Terminal Heads: Subtenant spaces will be served by air-handling units located
in remote mechanical rooms. Fully conditioned (heated/cooled) supply air will be
provided to each space at a minimum of 1.5 CFM/SF for retail spaces and 2.5 CFM for
food and beverage spaces. Ductwork will be located to accommodate at least a 10 foot
ceiling height above finish floor. Return air ducts will be stubbed to the perimeter of each
concession area. Flat areas on the roof above the concessions area are provided to
accommodate Subtenants grease, heat and smoke exhaust requirements. The structure
above the concession area will be designed to accommodate the imposed loads of any
Subtenant installed grease exhaust, smoke exhaust, supplemental HVAC systems and
make up air systems.
Heating and air conditioning systems for Northeast Philadelphia Airport primarily consist of
rooftop heating and air conditioning units or indoor type air handling equipment with gasfired heating sections, direct expansion cooling coils and outdoor compressor condensing
units.
Design Criteria
1. The tenant is responsible for complete design and installation of air conditioning system
distribution and kitchen exhaust within their demised premises. The tenants contractor
shall install all ductwork, diffusers, thermostats, wiring, insulation and associated
components to accommodate the tenants HVAC design. Where applicable, tenant will
be responsible for providing a variable air volume terminal with controls. Any tenants
heating or air conditioning requirement beyond that supplied by the airport will be the
responsibility of the tenant.
2. HVAC systems shall be designed in accordance with ASHRAE recommended practices
and the requirements of governing agencies.
3. HVAC systems shall be designed with consideration given to ease of maintenance,
reliability, and efficiency.
4. The PHL airport central chilled water system is not operational year round. When the
outdoor ambient temperature is below 55 degrees Fahrenheit chilled water is not
available. Tenants will be required to make provisions for cooling, if needed, as part of
their design when the central chilled water system is not operational.
5. MarketPlace-Redwood food and beverage tenants shall install a new independent or
supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system. This system
shall utilize an air handler installed within the tenant space and a remote
Page 64 of 367
compressor/condenser located in a rooftop location designated by the Landlord. Rooftop

AC units are also acceptable provided there is a flat roof space above the tenants space.
This system shall maintain the tenant space at 20% negative pressure at all times to
guarantee the food odors and smoking odors do not migrate into the Terminal. Tenant is
required to provide exhaust if necessary to remain negative. All rooftop equipment shall
be mounted on dunnage racks installed by the tenant which transfer all weight to the
building steel below.
6. Central system hot and chilled water temperatures at PHL vary throughout the season.
Temperature ranges for the hot and chilled water systems are as follows:
Hot Water (Heating): 120 to 180 degrees Fahrenheit.

Chilled Water (Cooling): 45 to 53 degrees Fahrenheit.
7. When a kitchen exhaust system is to be provided the tenants shall be responsible to

provided makeup air equipment that is used in conjunction with kitchen exhaust systems,
including ductwork, fans, air tempering equipment and controls.
8. Kitchen hood ventilation system ductwork and exhaust equipment shall be designed and
installed in compliance with the International Mechanical Code. However, termination
of exhaust ductwork through exterior walls is prohibited.
a. Kitchen Exhaust Systems
Exhaust system design including hood design, duct design, equipment mounting
height requirements and fire extinguishing equipment must conform to NFPA 96 and
IBC Code requirements.
Food tenants are responsible for providing their own kitchen exhaust systems
including automatic kitchen exhaust hoods, sheet metal work, fire-rated
cladding, fans, cleanouts and drains for the sheet metal work, fire suppressant
system and noise attenuation. These systems must be UL-rated and IRI
approved.
o Terminal A-West - The Tenant shall furnish and install a complete exhaust
system, including hood design, duct design, equipment mounting height
requirements and fire extinguishing equipment. Tenant C1c and C2 shall
install grease extraction (Smog Hog) system which shall be ducted to a
landlord provided floor opening. All exhaust system design must conform to
NFPA 96 and IBC Code requirements. The exhaust system must conform to
NFPA 96 and IBC Code requirements. The exhaust hood system shall
operate continuously during the Tenants business hours. Roof mounted
equipment may only be placed on flat roofs and shall be mounted on dunnage
racks installed by the Tenant which transfer all weight to the building steel
below. Tenants spaces C1c and C2 shall provide intake and discharge from
their exhaust systems down through floor to exterior. Tenant shall provide a
grille in the soffit below in accordance with Landlord direction. Tenant C1a
Page 65 of 367
and C1b shall install high velocity delution fans on the roof.
o Terminal A East through F, and BC Connector The Tenant shall furnish and
install a complete exhaust system, including grease extraction (Grease Guard)
system. Design shall include hood design, duct design, equipment mounting
height requirements, and fire extinguishing equipment to conform to NFPA 96
and IBC Code requirements. The exhaust hood system shall operate
continuously during the Tenants business hours.
o Terminal F HUB Criteria Tenant space F2, F4a, and F4b - The Tenant
shall furnish and install a complete exhaust system, including grease filtration
(Smog Hog) Exhaust system design including hood design, duct design,
equipment mounting height requirements and fire extinguishing equipment
must conform to NFPA 96 and IBC Code requirements. The exhaust hood
system shall operate continuously during the Tenants business hours.
If the exhaust and grease extraction or filtration system is existing, the tenant must
verify that the unit is suitable for the tenants operation.
Kitchen exhaust hoods shall be of the combination exhaust and make-up air
type with automatic water wash and grease extraction unless otherwise
specified by the landlord. The effluent from the washing system shall be
discharged through the grease trap system to the sanitary drainage system.
o Terminal A-West Tenant Spaces C1a, C1b, C1c and C2 - Kitchen exhaust
hoods shall be Halton capture jet hood with high efficiency KSA multicyclone grease extractors .The effluent from the washing system shall be
discharged through the grease trap system to the sanitary drainage system.
The tenant is required to make-up 80% of their hood exhaust. The remaining
20% can be drawn from the airport concourse. The hood shall connect to a
grease interception system located per Landlords direction.
o Terminal F The kitchen exhaust hood shall be interlocked with the airport
HVAC system so that a relief vent opens in the airport system when the
Tenant kitchen exhaust fans shut down. The Tenant shall make provision to
interconnect these systems in a location and manner as designated by the
Landlord. Tenant spaces F2, F4a, and F4b - Kitchen exhaust hoods shall be
Halton Capture Jet hood with high efficiency KSA multi-cyclone grease
extractors.
All kitchen exhaust fans shall be supported from the structure above
All kitchen exhaust fans shall be installed so that noise and vibration shall be
attenuated to the extent that the stipulated noise criteria for the adjacent occupied
spaces is not exceeded.
Kitchen exhaust fans shall be provided with cleanout and drainage provisions.
They shall be constructed and installed to meet NFPA-96 (latest edition)
standards and be UL-rated, FM-approved and approved by the landlord for the
removal of smoke and grease-laden vapors. All fans shall be equipped with grease
traps and receptacles to prevent grease residue from dripping on the roof.
Page 66 of 367
The kitchen exhaust sheet metal work shall be welded black steel construction
minimum 16 gauge, and shall be made watertight. All kitchen exhaust sheet metal
work shall be sloped to drainage pockets. Pipe all drainage pockets with traps and
indirect drainage piping to the nearest suitable sanitary drainage receptor, and
terminate with a gate valve and an air gap.
Cleanout and access doors shall be provided at all right angle bends, at
drainage pockets and on 20-0 centers. Access doors shall be framed into the
side of the exhaust duct and the size shall be 1-2 wide by 1-0 high except
where the duct is less than 1-1 high in which case the door height shall be
reduced correspondingly. The bottom of the access door shall be 2 above
the duct invert.
All kitchen exhaust sheet metal work shall be clad with a fire-rated enclosure as
required by local code.
b. Grease Containment System
The Landlord has entered into an agreement for a standard grease containment
system for all food tenant spaces. The tenant is required, at tenants expense to
purchase and install a grease containment system manufactured by Grease
Guard, Inc., 180 Corporate Drive, Elgin, IL 60123 (800) 284-8273. No
substitution is permitted. Tenant shall reference the Philadelphia International
Airport project. No substitutions will be allowed. The landlord will cleans and
maintain the system at the tenants expense. Grease exhaust equipment must be
Up-Blast type. This is a mandatory program, and must be completed prior to
the tenant opening.
c. Make-Up Air Systems
The tenant is responsible for providing his own make-up air systems including
sheet metal work, fans, air tempering equipment and controls.
The make-up air system is to be interlocked with the tenants exhaust systems.
The exhaust systems are not to be capable for operating without the make-up air
system operating.
To control odor migration, the make-up air system is to be designed such that the
make-up air quantity plus the outside air capacity of the tenants cooling unit
equals 80 percent of the exhaust air quantity. The tenants space is to be
negative pressure with respect to the terminal or concourse area.
All make-up air not supplied through a combination exhaust hood must be
tempered as required to maintain space temperature.
The architectural design of food preparation areas shall provide for the supply
of make-up air from the concourse by means of permanent openings, louvers or
transfer ducts.
Page 67 of 367
9. Spaces accessible to the public shall be designed as fully finished spaces.

10. Outdoor Design Conditions
PHL
Summer: 92F dry bulb, 75F wet bulb

Winter: 11F
PNE
Summer: 93F dry bulb, 76F wet bulb

Winter: 11F
11. Inside Temperatures (Public and Airline Operation Areas)
Summer: 78F dry bulb and 50% relative humidity.

Winter: 72F dry bulb and 30% relative humidity.
12. Inside Temperature (Baggage Handling, Warehouses and Equipment Areas)
Summer: Ambient Temperature.

Winter: 50F minimum.
13. For Market-Place Redwood tenants, the following design criteria shall be used:
In stores supplied by the central system, the allowance for population density for the
air conditioning design is one person per 50 square feet of demised premises.
In stores supplied by the central system, the allowance for lighting and electrical
equipment for air conditioning is 5 watts per square foot of demised premises.
14. Outdoor Air Ventilation
Minimum outside air as required by the greater of the following:

o As defined by the International Mechanical Code in the chapter dedicated to
ventilation.
o Requirements to make-up air exhausted from the building.
15. Hydronic Piping Systems
Maximum system operating pressure 150 PSIG.

Glycol Material and Concentration
o Premixed concentration of thirty (30) percent by volume of Dowtherm SR-1
Ethylene Glycol-based Heat Transfer Fluid and water. Dowtherm SR-1 shall be
as manufactured by Dow Chemical Company.
Page 68 of 367
Piping Materials
o Piping 2 inches and smaller: ASTM B88, Type L, Hard Drawn Temper Copper
Tubing.
o Piping 3 inches and larger: ASTM A53/A135, Grade B, Schedule 40, seamless
black steel, plane end.
Joining Methods
o Chilled water piping 2 inches and smaller: Soldered Joints or Pro-Press.
o Hot water piping 2 inches and smaller: Brazed Joints or Pro-Press.
o Chilled water, hot water and condenser water piping, 3 inches and larger: Welded
Joints with flanged connections at valves and equipment connections.
Valves
o Hot and chilled water piping 2 inches and smaller: 3-Piece full port ball valves.
o Hot and chilled water piping 3 inches and larger: Lug style butterfly valves.
o Steam Supply and condensate return piping 2 inches and smaller: NRS gate
valve with threaded joints.
o Steam supply and condensate return piping 3 inches and larger: OS&Y gate
valves.
o Steam Bypass Piping: Globe valve
o Circuit Balancing Valves for Hydronic systems shall be Tour-Anderson Series
780.
o Automatic Flow Control Valves for Hydronic systems shall be Griswold Series
3500 and 3600.
o Triple Duty Valves are prohibited.
Valve Connections
o Copper tubing 2 inches and smaller: Soldered ends, except provided threaded
ends for heating hot water and low pressure steam services.
o Steel piping, 3 inches and larger: Flanged ends.
Pressure Drop/Design Velocities

Occupied Spaces:
o Piping 2 inches and smaller: Maximum velocity 4 feet per second.
o Piping 2 inches and larger: Maximum friction loss 4 feet per 100 feet.
Mechanical Rooms / Unoccupied Spaces:
Page 69 of 367
o Piping 6inches and smaller: Maximum velocity 4 feet per second.

o Piping 8 inches and larger: Maximum velocity 8 feet per second.
16. Air Handling Equipment (Terminal Buildings)
a. Rooftop and Central Station Air handling Units
Units shall be double wall construction and include an economizer section with
enthalpy control, filter section with 30% pre-filters and 95% cartridge final filters,
space for future charcoal filter section, chilled water coil and hot water or steam
heating coil located in reheat position, supply fan section and return fan section.
In lieu of the return air fan being installed within the equipment a duct mounted
in-line type fan will be acceptable.
Cooling Coils: Maximum 500 FPM Air Velocity / Maximum Air Pressure Drop
1.0 inches water gauge (wet).
Heating Coils: Maximum 700 FPM Air Velocity / Maximum Air Pressure Drop
0.2 inches water gauge (hot water).
Air Filtration:
o Filtering systems shall consist of both 30% pre-filter and 95%final filters with
a maximum air velocity of 500 FPM.
30% Pre-filters: two (2) inch thick pleated throwaway media, 30% efficient
when tested under ASHRAR 52-70. Filters shall be constructed of interlaced
glass fibers, UL Class II, sprayed with non-flammable adhesive. Air Pressure
Drop: Initial resistance 0.13 inches W.G.; final resistance 1.0 inches W.G.
95% Final Filters: twelve (12) inch thick pleated factory fabricated, 95%
efficient when tested under ASHRAE 52-76 dry, UL Class II extended surface
filters. Filters shall be fibrous material formed in deep V-shaped pleats and
held by self supporting wire frames. Air Pressure Drop: Initial resistance 0.32
inches W.G.; final resistance 1.2 inches W.G.
Controls shall be standalone direct digital control (DDC) system capable of

remote monitoring from the appropriate Airport Thermal Plant.
o Packaged Rooftop Heating and Air Conditioning Units
o Units shall include an economizer section with enthalpy control, filter section
with 95% cartridge disposal filters, direct expansion cooling coil, gas-fired
heating section, and supply fan section.
b. Exhaust Fans
Roof mounted, belt drive Downblast centrifugal type fans complete with spun
aluminum removable housing; aluminum fan wheel with backward inclined
blades; motor and drive assembly; non-fused disconnect switch; backdraft
damper; and twelve inch high pre-fabricated insulated roof curb.
Page 70 of 367
Kitchen Exhaust Fans: Roof mounted, belt drive, upblast centrifugal type fans
complete with spun aluminum removable housing; aluminum fan wheel with
backward inclined blades; motor and drive assembly; non-fused disconnect
switch; and pre-fabricated insulated roof curb. Height of roof curb shall be
minimum 18 inches.
Sidewall mounted exhaust fans and in-line exhaust fans using sidewall louvers are
prohibited.
17. Ductwork
a. Supply, return and exhaust air distribution systems shall be galvanized steel braced
and constructed in accordance with Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) Duct Construction Standards.
b. Ductwork shall be constructed for Pressure Class 2 Inches W.G. and a maximum
velocity of 2500 FPM.
c. All transverse joints for duct distribution system shall be sealed to comply with
SMACNA Seal Class C.
d. Supply and return air ductwork shall be lined with one (1) inch thick acoustical duct
liner having a density of 1 lbs. per cu ft.
e. Commercial kitchen grease duct systems shall be constructed in compliance with the
International Mechanical Code regulations.
18. Pipe Insulation
Mineral-Fiber complying with ASTM C 1136 and ASTM C 547, Type 1 with
factory applied, reinforced vapor retarder facing, thermal conductivity (K) value
of 0.23 BTH in./hr.ft2 F at 75 F Mean Temperature.
Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: One piece molded type fitting
covers, valve covers, and flange covers shall be constructed of 15 Mils
(Minimum) thickness PVC. Insulation inserts shall match pipe insulation
material.
Chilled Water Supply and Return Piping:

o Copper Pipe, inch to 1 inch pipe: 1 inch thick insulation.
o Copper Pipe, 1 inch to 2 inch pipe: 1 inch thick insulation.
o Steel Pipe, 3 inch and larger: 1 inch thick insulation.
Heating Hot Water Supply and Return Piping:
Copper Pipe, inch to 2 inch pipe: 1 inch thick insulation.
Page 71 of 367
Steel Pipe, 3 inch and larger: 1 inch thick insulation.
Condensate Drain Piping (Indoors)
Flexible Elastomer Thermal Insulation: inch thick, self-seal closed-cell,

sponge or expanded rubber material conforming to ASTM C 534, Type 1
tubular material. Thermal conductivity (K) value of 0.27 BTH in./hr.ft2 F at
75 F Mean Temperature.
19. Air and Hydronic System Balancing

a. Balancing of air and water system shall be performed by contractors that are certified
by the American Air Balance Council (AABC) or the national Environmental
Balancing Bureau (NEBB). Air distribution systems shall be balanced for specified
design flow rates and system static pressure. Hydronic systems shall be balanced for
specified design flow rate at a system head.
b. It is recommended that a tenant have a pre-balance performed to confirm existing
performance prior to performing any work.
c. Tenants will not be issued a certificate of occupancy until balancing of the system is
completed and approved to the satisfaction of the Landlord.
20. Other HVAC Requirements:
a. Where walls are constructed along spandrel glass sections, walls shall be vented high
and low at 4-0 on center to release heat build-up.
b. All condensate piping shall be insulated to prevent condensation on piping.
c. Tenant is required to provide rood walk pads for any equipment placed on the roof.
Layout is subject to approval by the airport.
E.
Plumbing Systems
The sanitary, storm water and potable water systems serving the Philadelphia International
Airport (PHL) terminal building complex and Northeast Philadelphia Airport (PNE) are
designed in compliance with the City of Philadelphia Plumbing Code. The airport sewer
systems are not a combination type sewer. Separate sewers were provided for the sanitary
and storm water systems. The sanitary sewer carries sewage or industrial waste and excludes
storm, surface and ground water. A storm water sewer receives the discharge from building
storm drains or carry off storm water from the ground, streets, roofs or other areas but
excludes sewage or untreated liquid industrial wastes. Majority of the sanitary and storm
water piping system serving PNE and PHL Airport terminal building complex and adjoining
areas are gravity type systems. However, there are sanitary systems that are served by
duplex sewage ejector systems and storm water systems that are served by simplex sump
pumps. The PHL and PNE terminal building complex is served by multiple underground
Page 72 of 367
domestic water services. Each water service is equipped with a reduced pressure type
backflow protection device in compliance with the City of Philadelphia Water Department
Regulations.
Design Criteria
1. The airport will provide access to domestic cold water, sanitary waste, sanitary vent
system and natural gas for all food service tenants. Food service tenants are required to
connect to these systems as required.
2. Sanitary and storm water systems shall be designed in accordance with the City of
Philadelphia Plumbing Code and the requirements of governing agencies. System design
shall take into consideration to ease of maintenance, reliability, and efficiency.
a. Spaces accessible to the public shall be designed as fully finished spaces. All piping
shall be installed concealed behind walls or above ceilings.
b. Potable water piping shall be sized for a velocity range between four and eight feet
per second.
c. Potable Water Piping: Water hammer arrestors shall be provided in conjunction with
automatic operated quick-closing valves, flushometers, etc. Arrestors shall be
constructed of stainless steel and consist of factory sealed and charged pressurized
compression chamber and heavy duty bellows. Standpipe style air chambers that
consist of a capped length of pipe which do not include pressurized compression
chamber and bellows are prohibited. Sizing and placement of arrestors shall be in
compliance with Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH201.
d. Natural gas piping should be sized in accordance with NFPA-54 and Philadelphia Gas
Works requirements using 0.60 specific gravity gas. The maximum allowable loss in
pressure from the point of delivery to the equipment must not exceed 0.30 inches
water column on low pressure systems (up to PSIG) and 10 percent of the delivery
pressure on high pressure systems (above PSIG). Natural gas piping shall be based
on 100 percent connected load and a maximum of 1/20 water column pressure loss
for the piping runs within the tenant space. Proper allowance shall be included for
length of pipe and fitting loss. The main gas line is at 5 psi. Into the mini-food courts
a pressure regulator steps the pressure down to 1 psi. Tenants must provide
additional pressure regulators as needed to step the pressure down as required by the
equipment. For tenants off the main, a pressure regulator may be required to step
down from the existing 5 psi.
e. All potable water service and water distribution pipe and fittings shall conform to the
National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 61.
f. The tenant is responsible for the design, furnishing and installation of complete of
complete plumbing systems, as required, to suit the tenants requirements.
Page 73 of 367
The tenants contractor shall furnish and install all piping, fittings, valves, and
associated components to accommodate the tenants plumbing design as follows:
o Domestic cold water
o Domestic cold water meter
o Domestic hot water including water heater all water heaters shall be electric
and may be located in the tenants ceiling space.
o Sanitary waste and vent
o Natural gas (not available in all locations)
o Natural gas meter (coordinate installation with the Division of Aviation)
o Piping insulation
o Plumbing fixtures
o No floor drains are required. Floor drains can be installed in limited locations.
Verify allowable locations with Landlord.
o Above-floor grease trap (connect to landlord-provided sanitary waste piping).
The tenant will be required to use the landlord approved cleaning service
program at the tenants expense.
o All plumbing and other piping in areas subject to freezing must be insulated
and heat-traced.
All Food & Beverage and Food Court tenants must submit drawings for approval
to the City of Philadelphia or Tinicum Township, Departments of Public Health,
and the Office of Food Protection and other authorities having jurisdiction.
Food service tenants are encouraged to consider the use of natural gas for cooking
purposes. Natural gas service, where available, is located on the building roof.
Tenant must make service connection above the roof.
g. Food vending tenants shall be responsible to provide an approved type of grease

interceptor when required by the City of Philadelphia, Water Department, Industrial
Waste Unit. Interceptors shall be sized in compliance with the Industrial Waste Unit
Regulations and the construction shall include grease accumulating cone, grease
draw-off valve and piping, and line shut-off valve. Interceptors shall be designed to
operate at a minimum overall efficiency of ninety (90) percent while draining the
fixture in two (2) minutes. Waste piping on the house side of the interceptor shall be
provide with a flow control fitting capable of external cleaning, fresh air inlet or vent
piping, and shall have a vacuum breaker or vent installed on the discharge piping in
compliance with the City of Philadelphia Plumbing Code. Low profile and recessed
type grease interceptors are prohibited.
h. Tenants constructing commercial garages, vehicle repair shops, fueling stations, truck
loading docks and any other type of facility where drainage is being installed and
where gasoline or other flammable liquid is being dispensed or regularly used within
the facility, shall be provided with an approved oil interceptor when required by the
City of Philadelphia, Water Department, Industrial Waste Unit. Interceptors sizing,
internal baffles/piping shall be in compliance with the Industrial Waste Unit
Page 74 of 367
Regulations. Waste piping on the house side of the interceptor and discharge piping
shall be in compliance with the City of Philadelphia Plumbing Code.
i.
Toilet rooms are not permitted in tenant spaces, unless specifically required by code.
j. Plumbing plans shall indicate fixture units, trap sizes, pipe size and slope on all
piping and equipment.
2. Piping Materials
a. Underground Sanitary, Storm Water, Waste and Vent Piping
Service weight, hub and spigot cast iron pipe and fittings conforming to the
requirements of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) Standard 301, and
ASTM A-74.
Copper Type K, 2 inch and smaller shall conform to ASTM B88.
Minimum acceptable size for underground piping two (2) inch.
Double hub cast iron, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and
Polyvinylchloride (PVC) drainage pipe and fittings are prohibited.
b. Aboveground Sanitary, Storm Water, Waste and Vent Piping
Service weight no-hub cast iron pipe and fittings, three (3) inch and larger, shall
conform to the requirements of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) Standard
301, and ASTM A-888.
Copper Type K, 2 inch and smaller shall conform to ASTM B88.
Schedule 40, ASTM A-53, Grade B, galvanized steel pipe with cast iron
galvanized steel threaded drainage fittings conforming ANSI B1.20.1, B16.12,
ASTM A126 and A153 or carbon steel grooved end fittings conforming to
ASTM A53, Grade E or F.
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Polyvinylchloride (PVC) drainage
pipe and fittings is prohibited.
c. Potable Water Piping
Underground piping 4 inches and larger: Ductile Iron, cement lined, Push-onJoint or mechanical joint pipe conforming to ASTM A377, AWWA C150 and
AWWA C151. Pipe Class for various pipe sizes shall be as follows:
Pipe Size
4 inch
6 inch through 12 inch
16 inch and larger
Class
54
56
54
Ductile iron fittings: Mechanical joint, compact ductile iron complying with AWWA
C153. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be furnished with double thickness cement
lining conforming to AWWA C104.Corrosion protection encasement for underground
Page 75 of 367
ductile iron piping shall be polyethylene film, 0.008 inch minimum thickness, tube or
sheet conforming to ASTM A674 or AWWA C105. Underground piping 3 inches and
smaller: Hard Drawn, Copper Type K conforming to ASTM B88 with ASME B16.22
wrought copper pressure sweat fittings. Hard Drawn, Copper Type L conforming to
ASTM B88 with ASME B16.18 pressure sweat fittings. Soft Copper Type K and L,
Hard Drawn Copper Type M, copper push-on-joint fittings and grooved-joint copper tube
appearances are prohibited. Solder: Lead-free alloy conforming to ASTM B32 using
water-flushable flux conforming to ASTM B813.
d. Above-ground hot and cold water piping (all sizes) shall be copper piping Type L,
hard temper, except exposed at fixtures and equipment where it shall be chromeplated cast brass. Wrought copper and bronze solder joint. Pressure fittings. Joint
shall be soldered using silver content lead-free solder.
e. Natural Gas Piping
Piping 2 inches and smaller: ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40, electric
resistance welded black steel, conforming to API-5L Specification.
Piping 3 inches and larger: ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40, seamless black
steel, conforming to API-5L Specification.
Underground piping when in contact with materials exerting a corrosive action,
all pipe and fittings shall be completely coated with a corrosive-resistant material
conforming to Philadelphia Gas Works Standards.
Fittings for piping with gas pressure less than 14 inches of water column and
piping 3 inches and smaller and shall have threaded joints.
Fittings for piping with gas pressure greater than 14 inches of water column and
piping 4 inches and larger shall have welded joints.
Threaded fittings shall be steel or malleable iron. Cast iron fittings are prohibited.
Polyethylene (PE), Polyvinylchloride (PVC), and copper pipe and fittings are
prohibited.
o Joining Methods
o Underground cast iron piping: Lead and oakum.
o Aboveground cast iron piping: Sleeve type couplings consisting of a sealing
sleeve, shield and clamping assembly conforming to ASTM C564.
o Copper piping: Lead-free alloy solder conforming to ASTM B32 and waterflushable flux conforming to ASTM B813.
o Ductile iron pipe and fittings: Glands, nuts and bolts shall be high-strength,
low-alloy steel complying with AWWA C111.
o Ductile iron pipe and fitting gaskets: Conforming to AWWA C111.
o Storm Water Piping: Threaded or grooved end fittings.
o Natural Gas Piping: or Chilled water, hot water and condenser water piping,
three (3) inches and larger: Welded Joints with flanged connections at valves
and equipment connections.
Page 76 of 367
3. Pipe Insulation
a. Potable Water and Horizontal Rainwater Conductor Piping (Concealed Piping)
Mineral-Fiber, inch thick insulation, complying with ASTM C 1136 and ASTM
C 547, Type 1 with factory-applied, reinforced vapor retarder facing, thermal
conductivity (K) value of 0.23 BTH in./hr.ft2 F at 75 F Mean Temperature.
Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: One piece molded type fitting
covers, valve covers, and flange covers shall be constructed of 15 Mils
(Minimum) thickness PVC. Insulation inserts shall match pipe insulation
material.
b. Potable Water, Horizontal Rainwater Conductors and Indoor Condensate Drain

Piping (Exposed in Food Concession Areas)
Flexible Elastomer Thermal Insulation: inch thick, self-seal closed-cell, sponge

or expanded rubber material conforming to ASTM C 534, Type 1 - tubular
material. Thermal conductivity (K) value of 0.27 BTH in./hr.ft2 F at 75 F Mean
Temperature.
4. Pressure and temperature relief valves shall be ASME, Watts or an approved equal, sized
to suit the inlet size and to exceed the ASME, AGA and the manufacturers pressure
rating of the device. Back flow preventers shall be provided per the City of Philadelphia
Water Department Cross Connection Control Engineers Guidelines.
5. Gas valves shall be full-port ball valves, UL gas-approved
6. Water heaters
a. Furnish and install storage-type water heaters as indicated on drawings. Heaters shall
be tested in accordance with City of Philadelphia code and rated for 150 psi working
pressure. Heaters shall be provided with (AGA rated and ASME constructed)
pressure and temperature relief valves, vacuum relief valves, and drain valves as
necessary. Heaters shall be complete with controls and anode rods suitable for a fiveyear warranty.
Heaters shall have a minimum standby heat loss, in accordance with requirements
for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania energy code.
Heaters shall be set to maintain water at 140 degrees F
7. Pipe hangers and supports

a. Furnish and install hangers and supports to attach all pipes securely to the structure in
correct alignment and pitch to prevent vibration and to effectively care for expansion
and contraction. Parts in contact with copper piping or tubing shall be copper-plated,
and chrome-plated for chrome-plated piping, etc. Furnish and install retaining straps
on all piping hanger support systems in accordance with local codes.
Page 77 of 367
b. Maximum pipe hanger spacing for horizontal piping shall be as follows:
Cast Iron Soil Pipe:

o For 5-0 lengths: 5-0 at the hubs
o For 10-0 lengths: use one hanger at the connection and one at mid-point of
each length.
o Provide metal straps or 2x4 blocking to control swaying on no-hub systems
Copper Tubing
o For 1-1/4 diameter and smaller: 6-0 on center
o For 1-1/2 diameter and larger: 10-0 on center
Steel piping
o For 1-1/4 diameter and smaller: 6-0 on center
o For 1-1/2 diameter and larger: 10-0 on center
c. Piping supported from structural steel shall have beam clamps and hangers consisting
of threaded rod. The sizes of supporting materials shall be suited to the sizes and
materials of the piping supported. All hangers shall be UL/FM approved. Supporting
materials for piping shall be as follows:
2 dia. piping and smaller

Carpenter-Patterson figure 800 adjustable swivel ring hangers
2-1/2 dia. piping and larger
No. 100 steel clevis hangers
8. Seismic protection of all piping shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 13, 1994
edition and IBC 1993 seismic hazard exposure, Group IIC.
9. Clean-outs shall be provided in all sanitary and storm drain piping at changes in
direction, at the base of stacks and as required by the local authorities. Clean-outs
shall be located within 50 feet of each other for piping 4 diameter and smaller and
not more than 100 feet apart for larger piping sizes. Clean-outs shall be the same size
as the piping installed up to 4 in diameter. For larger piping sizes, a clean-out of a
minimum of 4 diameter shall be provided.
10. All equipment and fixtures requiring connections to the sanitary system shall be provided
with individual traps with integral clean-outs.
Page 78 of 367
11. Furnish access panels and doors for installation in walls and ceilings at locations
indicated on drawings and as required to permit access for adjustment, removal or
replacement and servicing of all valves and equipment. Access panels to be as
manufactured by Milcor or equal. Access panels to be a minimum of 24x24 and
equipped with a lock.
12. Firesafing and smoke seal is required where all piping and conduits leave or enter all
vertical shafts, at all floors, and through all walls above or below all class A acoustical
tile ceilings and all spaces without any type of finished ceiling.
13. All floor penetrations shall be sleeved.
14. Domestic cold water will be metered and appropriate sewage and water charges assessed
to the Tenant. The Tenant shall provide their own meter as approved by the Landlord.
Water meter: Each Tenant shall provide an Aaliant Fluid Measurement Company water
flow meter, Series MTX420 with couplings and a Model 860 Infra-red pulser with preamp on the incoming water service piping. Meter shall be brass construction with EPDM
O-ring seals and have the following features:
Hermetically sealed magnetically driven register which prevents condensation or

fogging due to variations in temperature.
Strainer located at the inlet port or the meter to remove foreign material from the flow
stream.
Meter shall be rated for 250 psi operating pressure with a plus or minus one (1)
percent accuracy and suitable for cold water use to 120 degrees Fahrenheit.
Continuous totalization display in US gallons.
Outlet signal shall be pulse contact 30v dc maximum for interface with Danaher
Model 0799008-201 remote mounted totalizer capable of measuring flow in US
gallons. Maximum allowable separation between water meter and tantalizer is 500
feet.
15. Paint label all cast iron waste lines below floor with tenant name and space number. Use
a minimum of 2 letters.
F.
Fire Protection Systems

Fire protection systems at Philadelphia International Airport (PHL) and Northeast
Philadelphia Airport (PNE) consist of wet pipe, dry pipe, and pre-action type fire suppression
systems that were designed based on NFPA 13, 14 and 20. The majority of the existing fire
suppression systems are hydraulically designed with the water source being supplied from
the City of Philadelphia Water Department underground water distribution mains.
Authorities having jurisdiction for the fire suppression system improvements or upgrades at
PHL depends on the location of project since the county line passes diagonally through the
western portion of Ticketing Building A East. Sections of the terminal building complex and
Page 79 of 367
all airport support building west of the county line are under the jurisdiction of Tinicum
Township and the remainder of the airport is under the City of Philadelphias jurisdiction.
Design Criteria
1. Sprinkler systems shall be hydraulically designed by a licensed fire protection contractor
using a water flow test that has been performed within twelve (12) months prior to the
proposed installation. If a current water flow test is unavailable the contractor shall be
required to perform a fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291.
2. Hydraulic calculations shall include a ten (10) psig margin of safety between the flow and
pressure require for system operation and the available pressure and flow. This margin of
safety should include losses through water-service piping, valves and backflow protection
devices.
3. Sprinkler systems shall be designed based on an Ordinary Hazard Classification.
4. Hydraulic calculations for wet pipe sprinkler systems shall be prepared using a water
density of 0.19 gpm per square foot using a remote area of 2000 square foot plus a 500
gpm hose stream allowance.
5. Hydraulic calculations for dry pipe and pre-action sprinkler systems shall be based on
water density of 0.19 gpm per square foot using a remote area of 2600 square foot plus a
500 gpm hose stream allowance.
6. Maximum protection area per sprinkler head shall be 130 square foot per head.
7. Seismic Performance Requirements: Fire suppression piping shall be capable of
withstanding the effects of earthquake motions determined according to NFPA 13.
8. All equipment, sprinkler heads, valves and piping used in connection with the fire
protection system shall be UL Listed/ FM Approved.
9. Ansul systems will be required over all cooking appliances and processes requiring
protection as deemed necessary by the Landlord and Authority Having Jurisdiction.
Ansul systems are required to connect to the airports fire alarm system and where
applicable.
10. The tenant shall provide hand fire extinguishers including Type K, as required in the
tenant space.
11. Piping Systems
a. Maximum system operating pressure 175 PSIG
b. Piping Materials
Page 80 of 367
Piping 2 inches and smaller: Black steel, Schedule 40 ASTM A53, Type F,
welded seam with factory or field formed threaded ends.
Piping 2 inches and larger: ASTM A53/A135, Grade B, Schedule 40, seamless
black steel with factory or field formed roll grooved ends.
Piping used on dry pipe and pre-action systems shall be galvanized steel.
Schedule 10 pipe is prohibited.
c. Pipe Fittings/Joints
Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.3.

Galvanized Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.3.
Steel Threaded Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of the same material as the
pipe.
Steel Threaded Couplings: ASTM A 865, made of the same material as the pipe.
Grooved-end Fittings: UL Listed/FM Approved, ASTM A 5336, ductile iron
casting with outside diameter matching outside diameter of pipe.
Grooved-end Pipe Couplings: UL 213 and AWWA C 606, rigid pattern; gasketed
fitting matching steel pipe outside diameter. Include ductile iron housing with
keys matching steel pipe and fitting grooves, prefabricated rubber gasket listed for
use wit housing, and steel bolts and nuts.
Mechanical T and Cross Fittings: UL213, ductile-iron housing with gaskets, bolts
and nuts, and threaded locking lug or grooved outlets.
Snap-On, Strapless Outlet fitting and Boltless couplings are prohibited.
Dissimilar Metal Piping Joints:
Construct joints using dielectric fitting
compatible with both piping materials.
d. Valves
Listed Fire Protection Valves: UL Listed/FM Approved for applications where

required by NFPA 13.
o Check Valves 2 inches and larger: Swing type, cast-iron body with flanged
ends.
o Gate Valves NPS 2 inch and smaller: OS&Y Type, bronze body with
threaded ends.
o Gate Valves NPS 2 inch and larger: OS&Y Type, cast-iron body with
flanged ends.
Unlisted General Duty Valves: For applications where UL Listed/FM Approved

valves are not required by NFPA 13.
o Shutoff Duty: Use ball, butterfly or gate valves
o Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves.
Page 81 of 367
Sprinkler Drain and Alarm test Fittings: Cast or ductile iron body; with
threaded or locking-lug inlet and outlet, test valve, orifice and sight glass.
e. Alarm Devices
Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections and be UL

listed/FM approved.
Water-Flow Indicator: UL 346, electrical-supervision, paddle-operated-type,
water-flow detector with 250-psig pressure rating and designed for horizontal or
vertical installation. Include two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for
isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc;
complete with factory-set, field-adjustable retard element to prevent false signals
and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed.
Pressure Switch: UL 753, electrical-supervision-type, water-flow switch with
retard feature. Include single-pole, double-throw, normally closed contacts and
design that operates on rising pressure and signals water flow.
Valve Supervisory Switch: UL 753, electrical, single-pole, double-throw switch
with normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled valve is in
other than fully open position and that sends signal if tamperproof cover is
removed. The water flow alarm signal should activate within 50-70 seconds of the
flow.
The programming matrix for all alarm points are:
DEVICE
Flow Switch
Tamper Switch
Pressure Switch
Low Air Switch
Pre-action Panel
Pre-action Panel
CONDITION
General Alarm
Supervisory Alarm
General Alarm
Supervisory Alarm
General Alarm
Trouble
f. Sprinkler Heads
Sprinklers shall be UL listed/FM approved, with 175-psig minimum pressure

rating.
Automatic Sprinklers: With heat-responsive element complying with UL 199, for
commercial applications.
Sprinkler Types and Categories: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice for "Ordinary"
temperature classification rating, unless otherwise indicated or required by
application. Orifice: inch, with discharge coefficient K between 5.3 and 5.8.
Page 82 of 367
G.
Electrical Systems
1. Electrical Services
Electrical power is available for tenant use throughout the terminal complex. The
standard service comprises a single 480V or 208V three phase feed, emanating from a
DOA or MarketPlace-Redwood Electrical room. The tenant will determine with the
Landlord the availability of electrical conduit to the tenant space. If suitable conduit is
not available, the tenant will arrange and pay for installation of the feeder conductor
from the tenant space to the landlord bus duct or landlord electrical closet, as may be
required.
The electrical characteristics for tenant spaces vary depending upon the location
within the airport. The tenant may choose to transform the current to another
voltage at their own expense. The following service characteristics are available:
Terminal A West
Terminal A East, Terminal Head and Concourse
BC Connector
Terminal B
Terminal C
Terminal D, Terminal Head and Concourse
Terminal E, Terminal Head and Concourse
Terminal F
277-480V, 3 Phase
277-480V
120-208V
120-208V
120-208V
120-208V
277-480V
277-480V
The areas where 208V distribution is used must be treated with caution by the design
professional as the commonly used 10kA interrupting rating on most 208/120V panels is
inadequate for many of the 500kVA and larger substations with 208V secondary
windings. It is incumbent on the Tenants designer to provide adequate short circuit
capability in the tenants distribution system for the available fault current.
Unless an exception is granted by the Division of Aviation, each Tenant space is required
to be metered by E-Mon metering, located in an area easily accessible to DOA personnel.
The E-Mon setup comprises split current sensors, a voltage connection to the service, and
a metering device with remote network capability, mounted in a factory enclosure. In
certain situations, multiple tenants may be served from the same panel and meter
enclosure.
The tenants design professional should review the provision of electric power with DOA
in the early stages of design.
2. Load Requirements
Tenants will be allowed a connected load of 12.5 watts per square foot maximum. The
tenants designer must include all electrical information, preferably in a format like the
load table in Exhibit E2 in order to allow the Owner to check the actual connected load
Page 83 of 367
with the available capacity. Food service tenants will be allowed a connected load of 75
watts per square foot maximum in food preparation areas and 12.5 watts per square foot
maximum in seating areas. The tenant may choose to transform the current to another
voltage at their own expense.
All tenant electrical work shall be at the sole cost and responsibility of the tenant. An
electrical panel must be installed on demising walls or exterior walls only, not on tenantbuilt partitions.
3. Raceways
All interior conduits shall be installed parallel with building lines. Conduits shall be
supported independent of other systems and equipment and conduits shall be supported
with approved devices (tie-wire is not acceptable). All conduit shall be rigidly held in
place with approved hangers with not less than one strap or hanger for each 8-0 of
conduit. Conduit shall not be run exposed on top of roof surfaces. Conduits shall be
rigid galvanized steel conduit with threaded fittings in exposed areas, including elevator
shafts and exterior areas. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) is acceptable in interior
concealed areas. EMT conduit fittings shall be compression type. Set screw fittings are
not acceptable. Minimum conduit diameter of any type is . Conduit shall be kept a
minimum of 12 from high temperature radiating surfaces. Run conduit above water and
HVAC piping. All conduit shall be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines.
Double lock nut and bushings are required for terminations of conduit as sheet metal
equipment. Wiring method shall be wire in conduit. No MC or FMC allowed.
All holes through the floor slabs and masonry walls shall be core drilled. All openings
shall be sleeved and sealed with fire resistant sealant rated equal to the wall. Contractor
is required to use non-destructive testing such as ground penetrating radar or ultrasound
for all floor penetrations in terminals A-West, F, and BC. Floor penetrations in Terminal
F are limited to the crawl space areas only.
Electrical outlet boxes shall be constructed of galvanized flat rolled sheet steel of shapes
and sizes suitable for installation of specific wiring device. Boxes shall be constructed in
accordance with NEMA and JIC standards.
All underground raceways shall be PVC or rigid galvanized steel (RGS). PVC conduit
shall be Schedule 40, minimum. Rigid steel conduit must have a PVC coating, if direct
buried. Conduits shall be concrete encased when used for voltage levels greater than 600
volts and/or when ran under roadways. For the purpose of this section, only the portions
of parking lots where there are bus routes shall be considered roadways.
4. Wire and Cable
Wire and cables for feeder and branch circuits shall be annealed single or stranded copper
conductors with conductivity of not less than 98% at 20 degrees Celsius. Wire and cable
shall bear the UL label. Minimum wire size is #12 AWG for branch circuits and #14
Page 84 of 367
AWG for control and interlock wiring. Rating shall be 600 volts, 90 degrees Celsius,
THHN/THWN insulation for interior building cable and XHHW/XHHW-2 for all other
locations. Conductors #10 and smaller shall be solid and larger than #10 shall be
stranded.
All exposed low voltage cable must be Teflon-coated or coated with a similar material
acceptable for use in return air plenums in compliance with local and state codes, and
must be installed in EMT conduit. No Romex.
5. Lighting
The permit drawings submitted for approval are to address lighting of the tenant space,
including any existing fixtures, task lighting or special effects.
All interior reflected ceiling plans and specifications shall indicate all illuminating
devices when submitted for approval. Copies of catalog cuts of fixtures submission not
necessary unless in public spaces.
The use of decorative type lighting, such as luminous ceilings, chandeliers, pendant or
wall units, or clear-type glitter strips is permitted only if the location is approved by the
landlords representative. Strobe, spinner, or chase-type lighting is not allowed.
General lighting shall be glare-free fixtures. If fluorescent lighting is used, it shall be
recessed, and the shielding shall be either metal parabolic, plastic paracube, or parawedge
types. Acrylic lenses are not allowed for general lighting. HID lighting shall have
shielding as described above. No electrical components shall contain materials classified
as hazardous material, such as PCBs. Where 2x4 fluorescent fixtures are used, lamps
shall be T-8 with electronic ballasts. No magnetic ballasts shall be permitted.
Recessed incandescent downlights shall be used of storefront illumination and shall be
accommodated with a specular or semi-specular alzak cone, and may be adjustable.
Lamps shall not be at or below the ceiling line. The use of decorative type lighting, such
as chandeliers, pendant or wall units or clear-type glitter strips are permitted only if the
location is approved by the landlords representative. Strobe, spinner, or chase type
lighting is not permitted. Luminous ceilings are not permitted.
Incandescent pendant units may be used for general lighting only if the tenant has
established an identity based on this theme or motif and if approved by the Landlord.
Low-voltage recessed or surface track lighting is recommended for high impact on
merchandise.
Exposed fluorescent tube strip lighting is not allowed in sales or public areas. All
lighting in food service areas shall have protective covers, globes or shields.
Page 85 of 367
To retain and protect the visual environment of the area for the benefit of all tenants, each
individual tenant shall control the brightness of the tenants lighting fixtures which shall
be subject to the approval of the Owners representative.
6. Wiring Devices
Wiring devices shall include receptacles (outlets), switches and wall plates. General
purpose duplex receptacles shall be heavy-duty specification grade, gray plastic in color,
grounding type, rated at 20 amperes, 125 volts, NEMA configuration 5-20R. Higher
current receptacles may be considered for specialty equipment. Switches shall be singlepole toggle, heavy-duty specification grade, white nylon in color, quiet type, rated 20
amperes, 120/277 volts, 60 hertz. Wall plates shall be stainless steel.
Electrical work, such as recessed duplex outlets, is allowed in the dividing partitions
between tenants provided no work conflicts with or damages work previously installed by
adjoining tenants; and where codes and Building Department requirements do not restrict
the proposed work. Use of PVC conduits shall not be allowed. No Romex will be
permitted.
All lighting shall be switched or controlled to meet ICC energy conservation
requirements.
Disconnect switches (safety switches) shall be heavy duty type. Provide disconnects for
all equipment not furnished with disconnects, not provided with cord and plug
connections, and in all installations required by the NEC.
7. Emergency and Egress Lighting
The tenant shall provide all emergency and exit lighting as required by state and local
codes and obtain approval for same from the local authorities. Emergency power for
egress lighting, exit signage and other life safety functions will be provided from the
airports emergency power system. Self-contained battery-pack type fixtures are only to
be used with Airport approval. All non-essential emergency or standby power will be
the responsibility of the tenant.
8. Panelboards
All tenant electrical work shall be at the sole cost and responsibility of the tenant. An
electrical panel must be installed on demising walls or exterior walls only, not on
tenant-built interior partitions. All panelboards shall be complete with circuit breakers,
box, interior, trim, front, insulated neutral bus and ground bus. Door trims shall be
lockable and cover all switching device handles. Locks shall be flat key type and
keyed as per tenant standard. All buses shall be copper.
Page 86 of 367
9. Transformers
Transformer 600VAC and below shall be dry type, with four 2 - percent taps below and
two 2 taps above rated primary voltage, 115C rise above 40C ambient, copper coils
with continuous wound construction impregnated with non-hygroscopic thermosetting
varnish, sound isolating systems, with a K-13 rating. NEMA 1 ventilated enclosure for
indoor use. NEMA 3R for outdoor use.
10. Grounding
Grounding shall be a completely interconnected system of grounding, including tying to
existing building ground system and equipment green wire personnel safety ground
throughout and comply with NEC Article 250.
11. Identification of Equipment
All equipment shall have securely attached manufacturers nameplate giving complete
data as to design and operating characteristics. Nameplates shall not be covered or
otherwise obscured.
Engraved plastic laminate labels: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate,
1/16 thick for up to 20 sq. in. or 8 length. 1/8 thick for larger sizes. Engrave legend
in white letters on black face and punch for mechanical fasteners. Legend shall include
equipment name, circuit number, feeder size, feeder origin and date installed. Provide for
all circuit breakers, disconnect switches, pull and junction boxes. Fasteners shall be selftapping stainless steel 10/32 machine screws with nuts, flat and lock washers.
12. Raceway Identification
Preprinted, flexible, self adhesive labels with legend indicating voltage and service for all
raceway including boxes and conduit. Size: 1-1/8 H x 4 L for 1 diameter or less, 11/8H x 8L for over 1 diameter raceway. Color: Black legend on orange background.
13. Warranty Guarantee Spare parts:
The contractor shall furnish, before final payment, a written full warranty for all
equipment installations and the parts of the equipment. The warranty shall last for a
period of one year from the date of acceptance of the systems as a whole, as signified by
the approval of the final request for payment.
14. City of Philadelphia Installation Requirements
The following will be strictly enforced and should be clearly documented in the tenants
construction drawings:
a. Conduit shall be kept at least 12 away from high temperature radiating surfaces.
b. Run conduit above water and HVAC piping.
Page 87 of 367
c. Double lock nut and bushings are required for terminations of conduit at sheet metal
equipment.
d. All conduit fittings shall be compression type. Set screw fittings are NOT acceptable.
e. All holes through floor slabs and walls shall be core drilled. All openings shall be
sleeved and sealed with fire resistant sealant.
f. All conduit and boxes shall be labeled.
g. All conduit shall be run parallel or perpendicular to the building lines.
h. All conduit shall be rigidly held in place with pipe straps of approved hangers with
not less than one strap or hanger for each 8-0 of conduit.
i. All wire shall be type THHN or THWN in conduit. No MC or AC cable is permitted.
j. 2 x 4 fluorescent fixtures shall be specified with T-8 lamps and electronic ballast.
k. Provide disconnects for all equipment not furnished with disconnects or cord and plug
connections.
l. All temporary service and equipment are to be removed upon completion of the work
and prior to space opening.
H.
Special Systems and Fire Alarm

Tenants of the Airport are required to support special systems requirements including, but not
limited to card access, CCTV surveillance, public address, BIDS/FIDS, telecom services and
voice and data interconnection. The general requirements of each of these systems are as
follows:
1.
Terminal Announcement Control System

a. Purpose
The Terminal Announcement Control System (TACS) is a combination of
Terminal Facilities, Concourses, Bridges and Baggage Claims. It consists of
speaker zoned outputs and Microphone zoned inputs amplifier cards and card
frames. Due to normal speaker/transformer line changes splicing means and
methods must be submitted by an IED certified contractor for approval. Ambient
Sensing is also a requirement that will need to be studied based on the specified
project. System Monitoring is done at four main frame locations Terminal A
West, A East, Terminal C, Terminal F
All work affecting the Airport system shall be performed by the Airports IED
Certified Contractor (WPS) and paid for by the tenant.
Page 88 of 367
b. Submission Process
Provide a separate TACS plan generated as part of the electrical set of contract
documents. Ensure that all policy and procedures outlined in the following
section are adhered to. Any deviations shall be made with DOA Engineering
approval only. Design Documents shall be accompanied with a new work plan,
demolition plan, and system riser diagram at a minimum. The demolition plan
shall identify means and methods to existing system alteration and/or
modification.
The design team shall submit signed and sealed contract drawings for approval to
DOA Engineering.
Submission packages shall include point identification descriptors and device ID
tags for all base building system microphone devices affected by the project.
Approval of these items shall be inclusive of the DOA review process.
c. Design Criteria
Devices
All devices shall be furnished with approved compatible backboxes and conduit to
cable tray or other location as indicated on the drawings submitted by the Tenant.
Loudspeakers shall consist of 4, 8, and 12 diameter as delineated on the
drawings submitted by the tenant. They shall contain a seamless cone and inner
cone to extend high frequency response. The systems shall comprise of a
spring/bezel assembly, front grill (color and pattern as directed by the Architect),
rear enclosure, and transformer. Loudspeakers shall operate within the following
parameters:
o Frequency response - 80-17,000 Hz. (4), 75-20,000 Hz. (8 & 12)
o Power rating 150 Watts (12), 40 Watts (4), 70 Watts (8)
o Impedance 8 ohms (12), 16 ohms (4 & 8)
Loudspeakers shall be provided with universal matching transformer with taps at

25%, 50%, and 100%. Loudspeakers shall be equipped with black painted steel
backboxes with visco-elastic damping compound and 3/8" thick acoustic foam
lining. Loudspeakers and backboxes shall be supported from ceiling support
framing using approved support bridges. Loudspeakers shall not be supported from
ceiling tiles and shall be installed to prevent tile sag. Loudspeakers weighing in
excess of 12 lbs. shall be provided with a secondary support via flexible cable
attached to building structure. Loudspeakers shall be provided with an enclosed
terminal box with removable lockable wiring connectors with screw-down terminals
to facilitate prewiring prior to installation.
Loudspeakers shall be JBL Model Control 26CT (8) and 19CST (12) or approved
equal.
Microphone stations shall consist of an audio section and a control section. The
Page 89 of 367
audio section shall include a balanced differential line receiver, compressor and
balanced line driver output. For groups of microphones so connected, pressing pushto-talk on one station in the group shall lock out other stations in the group until it is
released. Microphone stations shall include a test oscillator capable of being
switched into the audio section by a specific keypad entry or from the central
equipment rack. Microphone stations shall include a 12-button keypad, 2 line x 16
character LCD display, red BUSY LED and green READY LED. Specific types of
microphone stations required for this project shall include the following:
o Microphone stations (Type c - 1 required) shall include 4-button keypad and
handset with push-to talk feature. IED #508VMH-H or approved equal. Locate
at existing information desk in the 2nd floor ticketing area of the main terminal.
Provide special backbox to accommodate existing millwork. Mic Station model
numbers are subject to change
d. System Wiring
Cabling indicated on the drawings represents the minimum requirement. The

contractor shall provide any additional cabling required by the system manufacturer
for proper system operation.
Audio and other low voltage (NEC Class 2) wiring is divided into groups as follows:
o
o
o
o
Group A: Microphone level and other sensitive wiring (< 100 mV)
Group B: Line level and moderately sensitive wiring (100 mV-10V)
Group C: Loudspeaker level and some control wiring (10V-70 V)
Group D: Telephone, video, control and digital signals
Wiring from these different groups shall not be run in the same conduit.
Maintain the following separations between adjacent conduits containing cabling of
different groups:
o Group A & B: 4 from Group D, 8 from Group C, 12 from power wiring less
than 208 volts or less, 24 from power wiring 277 volts or greater
o Group C: 8 from Group D, 8 from power wiring less than 208 volts or less 12
from power wiring 277 volts or greater
o Group D: 8 from power wiring less than 208 volts or less, 12 from power
wiring 277 volts or greater
e. Miscellaneous Materials
Provide all equipment and materials required for a complete and fully operational
system, including but not limited to the following:
o Terminal cabinets and terminal blocks
o Patch panels and patch cords
o Identification tags and labels
Page 90 of 367
o Approved cable ties

f. Installation Parameters
All work shall be installed concealed and all cable shall be installed in EMT
conduit (indoors) and Rigid Steel conduit (outdoors), unless otherwise noted.
e. Testing And Acceptance
All testing and program modifications to the Airports system shall be the
responsibility of the contractor using WPS.
The tenant shall notify the DOA 1 week prior to testing of the system expansion
with the airport system. It is important that the tenant contractor pre-test their
system before inviting the DOA to witness a test.
General Requirements:
o Upon approval of the test report for the initial system tests, and at a time suitable
to the Owner and Engineer, the contractor shall demonstrate the functioning of
the completed system.
o The contractor shall make available all required test equipment to demonstrate
system operation within specified parameters.
o If the need for additional adjustment becomes evident during acceptance testing,
the contractor shall provide all required services to perform the required
adjustments.
Listening Tests:
o Speech intelligibility surveys and subjective evaluations by observers listening at
various positions under various operating conditions.
Equipment Tests:
o Measurements of frequency response, distortion, noise or other performance
characteristics.
o May be performed on any item or group of items to verify conformance with
specifications.
h. Demonstration And Instruction
Demonstrate proper functioning of sound systems in accordance with all

requirements of the Contract Documents.
Instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the proper procedures for startup,
operation and testing of sound systems.
The manufacturer shall provide written certification that the sound systems are
complete and operating in accordance with all warranty requirements.
Page 91 of 367
2. Multi-User Flight Information Display System

a. Purpose
The Multi User Flight Information Display System (MUFIDS) is located through
out the Terminal Facilities, Concourses, Bridges and Baggage Claims. It consists
of LCD and CRT screens, Regenerators and Ethernet Gigabit switches, DVC
(Data to Video Converters, and associated backbone cabling. Presently all airline
host feeds are processed by INFAX and are displayed everywhere with the
exception of Terminal A West and Terminal F.
All work affecting the Airport system shall be performed by the Airports
MUFIDS Certified Contractor and paid for by the tenant.
Provide a separate MUFIDS plan generated as part of the electrical set of contract
modification.
DOA Engineering.

tags for all base building system devices affected by the project. Approval of
these items shall be inclusive of the DOA review process.
c. Design Criteria
Devices
All devices shall be furnished with approved compatible backboxes and conduit to
cable tray or other location as indicated on the drawings submitted by the Tenant.
The tenant will be responsible for the successful installation of all MUFIDS devices.
Devices are considered to be but not limited to:
o
o
o
o
Mac Mini DVC

Adaptive 9160C LED Displays
Tugman Burr Brown Keypads TM8501
Nortel BPS Ethernet Switches
The work defined in this Section consists of phased extension of the existing
MUFIDS system at Philadelphia International Airport. A general description of
the work includes but is not limited to:
Page 92 of 367
o Tenant shall include all costs associated for support of Contractor tasks
required for the long term phasing plans of the tenant project, including
multiple mobilization and demobilization, and coordination with and support
of the DOA software vendor. Contractor shall fully support DOA software
Vendor throughout the system-commissioning period and shall assist AirIT or
INFAX in providing a complete and fully functional system.
o The provisioning, programming and installation of an expansion to the
existing MUFIDS software platform and database. This will require the
Tenant to obtain and utilize software products and programming services from
the DOA Software vendor.
o The provisioning and installation of new, fully integrated dynamic signage,
Tug man keypads and video display equipment as noted by DOA and Tenant
Drawings.
o The provisioning, programming and installation of new MacMini Digital
Video Controllers (DVCs) and video extension equipment where necessary.
o Coordination and compliance with DOAs representative(s) for signal
distribution including review and provision of acceptable protocols and IP
address establishment over the Owners Local Area Network (LAN) using
assigned Virtual LANs (VLANs).
o Include multiple phases of system testing, retesting, documentation of test
results and submittal of test documentation.
o Provide and install a new Visual Paging system hardware and equipment as
required by DOA.
Work Sequence And Scheduling
Installation of the work shall accommodate Airports operational requirements

throughout the construction period. The Contractor shall develop and submit for
DOA approval, a Phasing Schedule that details existing displays, use of
temporary displays, processors and user interface demolition/removal, and
installation, testing and activation of new equipment.
Phased cutover and shutdown of existing system(s) shall follow the suggested
Phasing Schedule. Tenant may submit a revised phasing schedule for DOA
review and approval, and if revised schedule is not approved then the suggested
schedule will be used.
Work shall be planned and coordinated to ensure an absolute minimum impact to:
o
o
o
o
PHL operations
The traveling public
Airlines
Other Airport Tenants
Shutdown and cutover of the system shall be coordinated with the Engineer and
made at hours convenient to the Airport and tenants. This after-hours work
Page 93 of 367
typically includes evening, weekend hours. Late night and early morning work
hours will be required for tasks, which may impact public access, airport
operations and or airline operations.
Coordinate systems cutover, phasing, work schedule and operations with DOA
representative(s), and other trades working on site.
The Airport will remain in operation throughout any tenant project, therefore the
existing system and or the new system shall be operational, accurate and fully
functional for use by the public and airport users. Minor downtime periods, which
are planned and documented in the approved phasing schedule (and approved by
the Engineer), shall not exceed the following durations:
o Individual display units or video display clusters: Down time periods shall not
exceeding 5 hours.
o User interfaces: Down time periods shall for not exceeding 2 hours.
o MUFIDS system processors, databases, servers and associated software, files
and schedules: Downtimes shall occur only during after-hours periods and
shall not exceed 2 hours.
d. Installation Parameters
e. Testing And Acceptance
Provide test plans and procedure documentation for system, within 60 days
following notice to proceed. Include a typed check-off list for each test, with a
column for Engineers witness initials for each test and date of each test.
Provide system test plans and procedures including test plan narrative, step-bystep procedure instructions, list test equipment used, and expected results.
Display equipment test plans shall include:
o Manufacturers startup and test procedures for display equipment.
Submit test plans and procedures for each of the following testing phases:
o Performance Testing (PT)
o Substantial Completion Inspection (SCI)
o 30-day Test and Punch list Period
3. Telecommunications
a. Requirements
All design/installations shall be made in strict accordance with the specifications,

drawings, any applicable codes, referenced publications and standards. In case of
Page 94 of 367
differences between the aforementioned, coordination any discrepancies with the

DOA.
All references to manufacturers, model numbers and other pertinent information
shall be intended to establish standards of performance, quality and construction.
Verification that all the components specified and planned to be installed meets
the criteria of DOA standards and is specified by the respective component
manufacturer and supplier is the responsibility of the contractor.
All installation tools, special equipment and testing apparatus required for the
work shall be furnished by the Tenant at no additional cost to the owner.
The requirements as given in this document are to be adhered to unless
revised/approved by the DOA in writing.
The DOA reserves the right to waive these requirements at any time.
b. Raceways/Pathways
The tenant will determine with the Landlord the availability of telephone
conduit to the tenant space. If conduit is not existing, then the tenant will
provide and install conduit, route subject to Landlord and DOA approval.
All cabling shall be installed in minimum EMT conduit for inside applications
and RMC conduit for outdoor applications.
Other materials used for pathways, cable tray, wire basket, ladder rack J-Hooks
etc. shall be approved for use by the DOA.
Existing pathway capacity shall be surveyed prior to a design. Any new
installation of pathway shall not exceed the fill ratio for the cable type specified.
c. Phone Service
Tenants can utilize existing DOA telephone services for single or small quantities
of devices. The telecom service demarcation is in the Central Utilities Building
(CUB) and connectivity is arranged through the DOA Service Provider (Elliott
Lewis Corp.). Large quantities of telecom services requiring a separate (i.e., nonDOA) service to be introduced also require utilizing the CUB telecommunications
room as the demarcation point.
For premises wiring features, see Voice and Data interconnection.
d. Voice And Data Interconnection
The airport maintains a premises wiring system that is actively managed for
connectivity throughout the facility. The primary types of wiring available are
Category 5 UTP copper, Category 6, multimode and single mode fiber, and
coaxial cable. The tenant is not allowed to use DOA Backbone or horizontal
cabling. Written authorization from Charles Reed and Thomas Varughese must
be given if an exception is requested. (Note- for MarketPlace-Redwood tenants,
interconnection is made through MarketPlace-Redwood facilities and need not
involve DOA approval).
Page 95 of 367
The structured cabling system shall be Systemax or Berk-Tek/Ortronics solutions.

The structured cabling installation shall be completed by manufacturer certified
installers only. Contractor shall provide a 25 year manufacturers warranty on
entire installation. All installations shall adhere to the DOA structured cabling
standards and specifications, TIA/EIA, NEC and BICSI codes and standards.
Where existing structured cabling is inadequate for the desired work,
modifications/ additions should be incorporated into the Tenant work to achieve
the required connectivity.
e. Voice And Data Interconnections MarketPlace-Redwood
Tenants must consult directly with the telephone company and arrange for
individual service from the project service location to the tenants demised
premises. Applications must be made through the local telephone company
(see project directory for address and telephone number).Telephone service
will be provided by the tenant at the tenants expense. All telephone wiring
must be installed in EMT conduit.
f. Acceptable Manufacturers
Subject to compliance with DOA requirements, design products from the

following manufacturers for a complete end to end system (cable/connectors/test
equipment).
o Berk-Tek/Ortronics/Fluke
o Systimax/Systimax/Fluke
g. Telecommunication Closets
The Division of Aviation maintains telecommunications closets throughout the

terminals that serve as the main service point for users located in the terminals.
Additional special systems equipment may reside in these closets, however, no
Tenant may locate equipment in a DOA closet, nor can access to DOA closets be
made by Tenants. Each Tenant should provide his own telecom interface area in
the Tenant space for location of his equipment and internal wire management.
Any such additional installations, through-penetrations or modifications to any
part of the building structure shall be approved by the DOA.
4. DOA Cabling Standards

a. All new cable shall be as follows:
Page 96 of 367
DOA CABLE STANDARDS

A WEST
CABLE
VOICE (wall mount phone)
VOICE
DATA
S/S FACEPLATE
S/S FACEPLATE
CAT 6 GREEN
CAT 6 BLUE
PART #
700 210 164
700 208 093
JACK
8 PIN WALL JACK
CAT 6 GREEN
CAT 6 BLUE
2 PORT
4 PORT
PART #
104 206 701
700 206 709
700 206 758
108 615 188
108 615 204
ALL OTHER LOCATIONS

VOICE (wall mount phone)
VOICE
DATA
DATA (security network)
IVORY FACEPLATE
IVORY FACEPLATE
CABLE
PART #
CAT 3 WHITE
CAT 5E BLUE
CAT 5E BLUE
107 078 388

106 940 825
106 940 825
JACK
8 PIN WALL JACK
CAT 3 IVORY
CAT 5E BLACK
CAT 5E BLUE
2 PORT
4 PORT
PART #
104 206 701
107 321 721
108 232 695
108 232 778
108 168 477
108 168 550
5. Fire Alarm Design Requirements For Tenant Spaces

a. Purpose
The existing fire alarm system at PHL consists of a Simplex Grinnell addressable,
intelligent TFX fire alarm network. Distributed throughout the airport exists
network nodes comprised of Initiating, Speaker and Strobe loops. These loops
will accommodate the necessary addressable modules, initiating devices and
notification appliances needed to complete each tenant system. The Tenants
designer is responsible for providing dry contacts to interface the Tenants
system(s) with the Airport alarm system.
All work affecting the Airport system shall be performed by the Airports Fire
Alarm Contractor (Simplex Grinnell) and paid for by the tenant.
Provide a separate fire alarm plan generated as part of the electrical set of contract
modification.
DOA Engineering.
Page 97 of 367

tags for all base building system devices affected by the project. Approval of
these items shall be inclusive of the DOA review process.
c. Applicable Codes
The latest edition of the publications below shall be referenced in the design
phase:
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
International Building Code 2006

NFPA 70, National Electric Code
NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code
NFPA 90A, Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems
NFPA 101 Life Safety Code
City of Philadelphia Building, Fire Prevention & Mechanical Codes
ADA Handbook, Americans with Disabilities Act
UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory, Underwriters Laboratories
Factory Mutual System: Approval Guide
d. Design Criteria
The Tenant shall provide all labor and materials required to interconnect the
tenant space and equipment with the airport fire alarm system.
The Tenant shall investigate airport system loop capacity (audio, strobe, and
initiating) prior to the design of the system expansion in order to decipher
which loops will need to be expanded. Contact Landlord for loop capacity.
TFX Devices shall be provided by SimplexGrinnell Fire Protection.
All mounting heights shall conform to the requirements outlined in NFPA and
ADAAG.
The design shall be complete identifying all specific circuits numbers/assignments
required for Initiating Devices, Notification Appliances and System Interfaces.
Duct smoke detection shall be installed when required by NFPA 90A and the
International Building Code 2006. All sprinkler alarm and supervisory devices
(i.e. flow switch, tamper switch, etc.) where applicable, shall be part of the airport
system and shall be provided with an addressable monitor module furnished and
installed by the tenant unless otherwise provided by the Landlord or the DOA.
All tenant spaces in Terminal A West should employ smoke detection throughout.
Additional initiating device(s) is required in a telecommunication and/or electrical
room/closet.
Additional initiating device(s) may be required in hallways or other areas
depending on the size or traffic in the particular area.
Notification Appliances The tenant shall provide appliances that are
speaker/strobe in the combination where applicable. Necessary requirements for
visual spacing and synchronization shall conform per NFPA 72 and the ADA
Handbook. Candela ratings of such strobes shall be clearly indicated on the
Page 98 of 367
contract drawings. Additional fire alarm notification devices may be required

depending on the size of the area, use of the area and by also taking into
consideration the ambient noise level unless otherwise noted. All strobes should
be multi-candela.
The connection shall be made in accordance with the Fire Alarm and
Detection System drawing. This drawing shall be provided to the Tenant as
part of the Tenant Design Package.
All devices connected to the building fire alarm system shall be programmed to
conform the existing facility fire alarm matrix initiated under B-E Sprinkler
project PHL-1159.15. Programming of new and existing devices shall be as
follows:
DEVICE
CONDITION
Flow Switch
General Alarm
Tamper Switch
Supervisory Alarm
Smoke Detector
Pre-alarm*
Heat Detector
Pre-alarm*
Duct Detector
Pre-alarm*
Pressure Switch
General Alarm
Low Air Switch
Supervisory Alarm
Pre-action Panel
General Alarm
Pre-action Panel
Trouble
* Indicates the device will follow the Positive Alarm Sequence timer.
e. Special Requirements Tenant Owned Fire Alarm Control Panels
Food service and Food and Beverage tenants shall be required to provide their
own fire alarm control panel (FACP). Retail tenants shall employ system
expansion of the airport fire alarm system provided that the number of initiating
devices is 2 or less and the number of notification appliances is 2 or less. In the
event that these requirements cannot be met, then the Retail Tenant shall provide
their own fire alarm control panel.
Tenant FACP Parameters
The tenant shall provide a conventional zone panel that is UL 864 listed and has
the ability to provide a minimum of two, separate, form C dry contact outputs to
the building fire alarm system. Subject to compliance with the requirements listed
above, provide one of the following manufacturers or equivalent:
o ADT, Unimode 5/Firelite, MS-5204
o Edwards System Technology, Quick Start
Page 99 of 367
o Silent Knight, 5107

o SimplexGrinnell, C-2000/C-4000
Initiating Devices As a minimum requirement, the tenant shall provide

automatic smoke detection above the panel or in the panel room, as well as
initiation by manual means, location as recommend by the tenants design
professional. Duct smoke detection shall be installed when required by NFPA
90A and the Philadelphia Mechanical Code (reference the HVAC interface
section for details). All sprinkler alarm and supervisory devices (ie. flow switch,
tamper switch, etc.) where applicable, shall be part of the airport system and
shall be provided with an addressable monitor module furnished and installed by
the tenant unless otherwise provided by the Landlord or the DOA. Ancillary
systems (ie. Ansul Hood suppression, etc) shall be wired into the tenant fire
alarm system.
Notification Appliances The tenant shall provide appliances that are strobe
only. Necessary requirements for visual spacing and synchronization shall
conform per NFPA72 and the ADA handbook. Candela ratings of such strobes
shall be clearly indicated on the contract drawings.
Connection to TFX Loop Tenant shall provide two addressable monitor
modules to transmit signals to the airport system. One module shall take the
alarm signal from the tenant panel and transmit a pre-alarm condition to the
airport head-end. The second module shall take the trouble signal from the
tenant panel and transmit a supervisory signal condition to the airport head-end.
These devices shall be compatible with the TFX network system.
f. HVAC Interface Guidelines
Food Service Tenants: In food service applications, tenants shall provide their
own fire alarm control panel. Duct smoke detection shall be on the tenants
system if conditioned air supply is not a part of the DOAs HVAC system and is
over the required 2000 CFM output. An auxiliary relay from the duct smoke
detector unit shall shutdown the respective air handler unit via a hard-wired
connection to the unit. Duct smoke detection shall be on the airport system if
conditioned air supply is part of the DOAs HVAC system and over the required
2000 CFM output. An airport system addressable relay shall be used to shutdown
the respective unit. The tenant panel shall activate hood exhaust on tenant alarm.
Retail Tenants with 2 or less Initiating and Notification Appliances Each: In
retail applications in which the amount of devices is minimal, the system shall be
an expansion of the building fire alarm system. Exception: Tenants with nonsprinklered areas requiring smoke evacuation fans shall provide their own fire
alarm panel. All duct smoke detection when required shall be part of the airport
system. Shutdown of the units shall be accomplished via an addressable relay on
the airport system. Note: If return side air handling unit is greater than 15,000
CFM and/or exhausts 50% of the supply output, then return side duct detection
shall be installed on airport or tenant system as applicable.
Page 100 of 367
Retail Tenants with greater than 2 Initiating and Notification Appliances Each: In
this retail application scenario, tenants shall provide their own fire alarm control
panel. Duct smoke detection shall be on tenant system if conditioned air supply is
not part of the DOAs HVAC system and is over the required 2000 CFM output.
An auxiliary relay from the duct smoke detector unit shall shutdown the
respective air handler unit via a hard-wired connection to the unit. Duct smoke
detection shall be on the airport system if conditioned air supply is part of the
DOAs HVAC system and over the required 2000 CFM output. An airport system
addressable relay shall be used to shutdown the respective unit. Note: If return
side air handling unit is greater than 15,000 CFM and/or exhausts 50% of the
supply output, then return side duct detection shall be installed on airport or tenant
system as applicable.
g. Installation Parameters
Wires and cables to be used are:
Tenant Fire Alarm Panel Design
System Expansion Design
Initiating Circuits
16 AWG twisted Minimum
16 AWG twisted/shielded Minimum
Strobe Circuits
Speaker
Circuits/Connections
16 AWG twisted/shielded Minimum
Contact monitor modules shall be accessible. Location for modules shall be

coordinated with DOA engineering.
The contractor shall coordinate closely with the Airports FA contractor and the
Division of Aviation for the labeling, connection and testing of fire alarm devices.
Conduits shall be marked FIRE ALARM with Brady markers, or equal, every
20 feet. Junction boxes shall be painted red and installed in a visible location. The
loading of all circuits used for initiating devices shall be limited to 60 percent of
its capability. T-tapping and parallel branching is NOT permitted. Wires shall be
cut at the appropriate length so that they are not looped prior to terminations.
h. Testing And Acceptance
All testing and program modifications to the Airports system shall be the
responsibility of the contractor using Simplex Grinnell.
The tenant shall notify the DOA 1 week prior to testing of the system expansion
or tenant panel interface devices with the airport system. It is important that the
tenant contractor pre-test their system before inviting the DOA to witness a test.
The tenant shall comply with the DOA Standard Fire Alarm Testing Procedure.
Prior to testing, all system devices (i.e. smoke detectors, heat detectors, manual
pull stations, addressable monitor modules, addressable control modules, duct
Page 101 of 367
I.
detection and notification devices) shall have id tags, for which nomenclature to
be identified by Simplex Grinnell Fire Protection and should be reflected on the
contractor shop drawing. These tags shall be produced and installed by the
contractor.
Simplex Grinnell Fire Protection may also be required to make programming
modifications to the airport fire graph prior to the start of testing. In the event that
the system is not functioning properly during the test, the DOA has the right to
suspend testing until all problems are corrected.
The airport only will accept the system once the test has been witnessed and
approved by the respective DOA personnel.
Security
Tenants of the Airport are required to support security system requirements including but not
limited to card access and CCTV surveillance systems. This document provides for the
generic Security Design Criteria and Technical Requirements Security Systems at PHL, for
non terminal building area modifications, performed on a project basis. To avoid making this
document Security Sensitive Information (SSI) discussions of specific security system
implantation requirements and functions will not be documented herein. Be advised that as
this document provides generalized implementation criteria, specific security system(s) and
requirements will need to be reviewed with DOA SST and /or their designated representative.
Please contract the PHL Manager of Airport Security for more information about the specific
process as it relates to your project. The general requirements are as follows:
1. General notes
a. All security system information is to be shown on the plans including the location
of cameras, monitors, and conduit/cable runs. All security system cable must be
run in conduit. If used, all stock control security systems must be concealed within
the floor, ceiling, storefront columns, or other decorative structures. Freestanding
systems are not permitted. Cameras must be positioned in discrete locations.
Project drawings and documents that depict detailed information regarding the
Airports Access Control System, PHLs infrastructure, and / or Security Plans,
including documents that depict the security boundary of the Airport or any
document which can be used to ascertain potential security vulnerabilities must be
marked as Security Sensitive Information (SSI) and controlled in accordance with
49 CFR 1520. Preparation and control of SSI documents must be accomplished by
PHL Badged individuals. DOAs standard Non disclosure agreement must be in
place with any potential bidders and a with awarded contractor personnel. Consult
the Manager of Airport Security for additional information and specific technical
details as they apply to a particular project.
b. The project design specifications MUST include a budget for technical support to
perform the modifications to the SA/SS system in the form of programming of the
Access Control Nodes, Access Control Graphic Maps, CCTV Switcher, CCTV
Digital Recording, CCTV Video Management systems, and the Access Portals as
Page 102 of 367
well as Access Control Groups and associated system clearance codes. DOA SST
shall not be held responsible for any potential project delays that result in non
compliance with these requirements or obtaining these necessary resources
c. The project specifications and/or project drawings MUST include requirements for
shop drawing review and approval by DOA SST or their designated representatives,
Local Testing, Startup, Final Testing and Acceptance testing of all new and modified
Security System Devices and Components.
d. DOA SST will utilize project documentation to provide local TSA an amendment to
the Airport Security Plan. ASP amendments will be required for any, and all changes
that affect the Airports security boundary, airport security program, plan and/or
process, including additions / changes to access controlled portals. Be advised that an
amendment must be filed for construction / temporary changes, and later followed up
by a final configuration amendment. As DOA SST must provide all amendments to
TSA no less than 45 days prior to the need for the change, documents must be
provided to DOA SST a minimum of 90 days in advance (of the change).
2. Security System Interface
a. New Work: For new data loops and new access control system door interfaces
the system shall utilize components from NexWatch for both the System Panel
and the local door interface panel (DIP)
Multiplexer/Intelligent Controller - NexWatch PW-5000

o Special custom configuration consists of four (4) PW5K1Mx8 boards
connected to a PW5000 Intelligent controller board mounted in a Nema 4
enclosure with an Ethernet board, battery backup power supply and Rs232
Fiber Modem. 120Volt power shall be provide to the devices within the
enclosure via an internally mounted quad receptacle.
o Load at design stage shall not exceed 5 doors/portals communicating to the
MUX via RS485, per PW5K1Mx8 board.
o Communication to system host computer shall be via the Airports Security
LAN using Ethernet, for primary communication and RS232 (via fiber
modem ) for secondary path communication.
o 8 hours minimum battery backup power supply.
Project design documents shall detail the panel construction. Project Shop
drawings shall provide for Internal and External wiring.
Access Control Devices. NexWatch PW -3000 Intelligent Controller - Access

Control Board located within a Door Interface Panel.
Page 103 of 367
o Special custom configuration in a Nema 4 enclosure consisting of the 2

Reader board, power supply, terminal blocks, relays (as needed) and duplex
receptacle.
o One controlled door per (max 2 Card Readers), on a two (2) reader board.
o 8 hour Min Battery Backup Power Supply for Door Interface Panel (and all
devices, including locking devices, except CHEXIT panic exit devices).
o Connection from local door to PW-5000 via RS-485
Project design documents shall detail the panel construction Project Shop
External Inputs / Outputs

o Special custom configuration in a Nema 4 enclosure consisting of the I/O
board(s), power supply, terminal blocks, and duplex receptacle.
o 2 reader board which shall provide for 8 supervised inputs.
o 2 reader board with shall provide for 4 outputs
o 8 hour Min Battery Backup Power Supply
Project design documents shall detail the panel construction Project Shop
3. System Loading of Multiplexer Data Loops

a. The design process shall ensure that diversity shall be employed when assigning
access doors to Multiplexers as well as when Multiplexer are added to data loops.
Loss of a multiplexer or a data loop shall not effect access to an entire area, zone, or
terminal.
Where ever possible, card reader doors leading to telecom rooms with
multiplexers shall be fed from a redundant or separate Mux/ Loop configuration
to ensure maintenance access.
b. Data Loop / Data Communications
NexWatch based Data Loop shall communicate via Ethernet as their primary
communication path.
o Project design documents shall detail Data Loop LAN interface and
communications paths. Path documentation shall be via UCDS.
o Design shall specify Data Loop LAN Ethernet switches at remote location
and appropriate switch or location for head end interconnection.
o LAN Ethernet Switches shall be Nortel Networks 5520 series devices unless
specially approved by DOA SST in advance. These switches shall be used for
DOA SST / Security related functions only as approved by DOA SST and
DOA IT.
Page 104 of 367
o DOA utilizes Fiber Modems from Fiber Options within their existing systems.
Communications / data paths that will connect to DOA SST existing
equipment must utilize these devices in order to maintain system operational
consistency.
4. Access Control Hardware Components: The following shall be used and are
considered Airports Standard Security System Components
a. ALL Junction Boxes shall be provided with Sentrol tamper switches. Note any box
where security cables can be accessed must be tamper indicating / reporting.
b. Card Readers
c. Indoor Reader; Dorado, Model 644 with Tamper Sw and PHL firmware
Outdoor Reader, Dorado, Model 744, with Tamper Sw and Heater Kit, and PHL
firmware.
d. Door Contacts
Sentrol 2700 Series triple biased devices. Preferred installation as concealed.
e. Local Annunciation
Wheelock Audible/Visual Device model MT-24-WH-VNW (Max 88DB)

Documents shall specify verification of DB Settings.
f. Electric Locking Devices

g. Magnetic Lock - VonDuprin SL4100 Sheer Lock (coordinate with door/frame)
h. Electric Strike - VonDuprin 6211 Series (coordinate with door/frame)
i. Timed Delay Exit - VonDuprin CHEXIT (coordinate with door/frame)
5. Controlled Access Portals
a. Emergency Exit Doors shall be equipped with Von Duprin CHEXIT Series devices,
using Von Duprin Power Booster and associated EPT-1024 Hinge. These devices
shall be interfaced with the Fire Alarm System via a local Fire Release Panel.
b. ALL Airport Access Controlled doors shall be equipped with a Card Reader on either
side as a general rule.
Security Boundary Doors shall ensure full accountably.
Depending on the
Page 105 of 367
location, level of threat and/or the anticipated access throughput DOA SST may
require the implementation of various access controlled door/portal
configurations. Access portals that provide public to secure space which have the
potential to by-pass screening, shall be configured as interlocked sally ports
such that NO DIRECT access shall be provided. Sally ports shall be configured
with a minimum of 8 ft between doors.
o Low to medium access volume and medium threat as determined by DOA
SST; shall be configured as interlocked sally ports such that NO DIRECT
access shall be provided. Authorized users shall be required to pass though
two independent accesses controlled doors. The doors associated with this
portal shall be interlocked such that only one authorized access door can be
unlocked and open at any one time. Proper signage shall be provided to notify
the user that this sally portal is in use. CCTV shall be provided to monitor the
entire portal.
o High volume and medium to high threat levels, as determined by DOAS SST;
shall be configured with access controlled full height turnstiles which shall
form part of the Sally Port. These turnstiles may be configured as free exit
provided that NO entrance access is granted during exit. In cases where DOA
SST indicates the need to implement access controlled Turnstiles as part of
the Sally Port configuration, interlocking of the second access controlled door
in order to gain access to the secure space will not be required.
Airport Asset controlled doors are standard exceptions, when they do not form
a security boundary. These room types are: Telephone, Mechanical, Electrical
Switchgear Rooms, designated airport office space, and computer / server rooms
(unless specifically requested by DOA SST / IT).
6. Locking Devices - General Rules for use

a. IN all cases: Positive locking of all access control portals shall be maintained.
b. Magnetic Locks and Shear Locking Systems shall be used at all non - fire exit
security boundary portals.
c. Electric Strikes shall be implemented on doors equipped with PIR devices for
which free egress is to be maintained
d. CHEXIT (Von Duprin timed exit devices) shall be implemented on all emergency
exit portals. Where these portals can be used for re-entry via a card reader, an electric
strike is to be provided - with the door equipped with a pull only handle.
Page 106 of 367
e. Revolving security doors shall be implemented where deemed appropriate for one
way/two way, non-piggy backing controlled access traffic. These devices shall be
interfaced with the access control system for remote monitoring and control. System
shall be capable of providing free egress from sterile to public spaces.
7. CCTV Camera System - General Rules for use;
a. As a minimum, ALL TSR 1542.207(a) access portals will be viewed by at least one
(1) Fixed high resolution Color Camera (Pelco model CC3500H-2, or DOA SST
approved equal or greater, as required) with a properly configured 1/3 Inch Format,
Auto-Iris Lens, {Note if an exact lenses can not be determined/designed, a 1/3 Inch
Format Varifocal, Auto Iris Lens shall be provided}
b. In cases where multiple Time Delay (CHEXIT) delayed exit only doors are to be
implemented, one (1) common high resolution Color PTZ Camera (Pelco Spectra-III
Series for indoor use) can be provided.
c. All Outdoor Cameras shall be configured in pressurized housings. Outdoor PTZ
cameras shall utilize Pelco Legacy PT drives, or DOA SST Approved Equal
8. CCTV Switching and Digital Recording System - General Rules for use;
a. Data and Video transmission to CCTV Switching systems. PHL utilizes three
methods for data and video transmission associated with CCTV Systems.
Guidelines below are provided, generically for project design. Final requirements
will be in accordance with the DOA SSTs project design review.
b. Video transmission shall be to the assigned DOA CCTV Switcher, or other DOA SST
approved Switching Termination Device. DOA utilizes Pelco CM9760 / CM9780
Matrix switcher family of products, including the Genex Series Duplex Color Muxes,
and associated compatible CM9760 keyboards. There are no equals and/or
substitutions.
Where no spare inputs are available, the project must budget for the cost
associated with the installation of the Pelco Switching system components
necessary to expand the system (camera input/output cards, data ports/cards
and/or as required and needed CDU-T devices and associated components).
c. ALL TSR 1542.207(a) support Cameras shall be digitally recorded. Digital

Recording Systems shall be Pelco Endura enterprise DVR5300 Series family of
products no substitutions or equivalents.
Where no spare inputs are available, the project must budget for the cost
associated with the installation of the Pelco DVR/ Encoder and/or as needed
additional storage capacity.
Page 107 of 367
Project are advised that these DVRs are VLAN based and coordination with DOA
IT as well as DOA SST will be required. Where insufficient VLAN capacity /
LAN switch ports exist, the project will be required to provide Nortel 5520
Switches
d. CCTV Camera Cable Infrastructure.
Local CCTV Camera installations:

o CCTV Cameras installed within 200 ft (total cable run) of a switching
termination device, in electrically noise free environments may utilize RG59 /
RG6 Coax cable for video and shielded twisted pair cable for data. Unique
project requirements may necessitate the use of Fiber Optic cable systems.
General CCTV Camera Installations:

o Standard CCTV Installations for Fixed and PTZ type camera installations over
200 total cable run to a switching device or in electrically noisy areas shall
utilize Multimode 62.5 micron fiber. Video shall be converted to fiber via,
Fiber Options (or DOA SST pre-approved equal) Fiber Modems.
o For project implementing Fixed CCTV cameras in new, low noise
environment spaces Unshielded Twisted Pair Video Transmission Systems
utilizing Category 5 twisted cable may be installed. DOA SST has approved
the use of NVT family of products.
9. Systems - General Rules for use;

a. Note that the TSR 1542 Security program for this facility will be in accordance with
the PHL ASP. CCTV surveillance as well as Access Control shall be detailed on the
project drawings. Projects shall submit for review their systems implementation at a
minimum of 30%, 60% and 90% for review to ensure proper DOA SST concurrence
and approval.
b. All Access Controlled doors/portals must be equipped with proper CCTV coverage.
All TSR 1542.207(a) Doors/ portals shall be provided with Fixed Color Cameras and
shall be configured for Digital Recording.
c. Access Control Nodes are to be located in Telephone Rooms near the controlled and
monitored doors / portals. These nodes must be designed to a maximum of 60%
loaded capacity.
d. Access Control Door Interface Panels (DIP) shall be configured with Airport
Approved 3 point best locking devices, shall be tamper indicating, and must be
located on the secure side of the portal, at eye level (working height).
Page 108 of 367
e. CCTV Camera Junction Boxes shall be located as close as possible to the supporting
CCTV Camera. A maximum of 4 Fixed or 1 PTZ camera shall be fed from on CJB.
f. CCTV JBs shall be self contained, locking Nema 4 minimum boxes,
including power supplies, fiber or NVT UTP conversion devices. All
outdoor CCTV Cameras shall be provided with surge protection.
10. General Security design Criteria:
a. Security Boundary Walls:
Non Screened Public to AOA: Partitions/walls which form the TSR 1542.207(a)(previous 107.14) security boundary must be full height. No openings in these
boundary walls may be greater than 2.5 inch max inches in any single dimension,
and no greater than 96 sq. inches overall. This Includes any HVAC ducts that pass
though these boundary walls.
Non Screened Public to Sterile: Partitions or walls which form this security
boundary/ barrier must be full height. No openings in this barrier may exist that
can be used to pass any probated item. HVAC ducts that pass though these
boundary conditions must be inaccessible from the public (non screened) side of
the barrier.
b. AOA Fencing:
All Fencing shall be a minimum of 10 ft, Black Vinyl coated Chain Link fencing
with a 1 ft outrigger consisting of 3 strands of barbed wire. (Specification
information provided per request) No Glazing shall used between Public and
Secure space. Fence installation shall maintain a 3 max inches gap / space in any
single dimension, and no greater than 96 sq. inches overall. DOA SST reserves
the right to require a taller fence / greater barrier height based on specific project
locations / conditions.
A 10 Foot Clear Zone shall be provided on either side of any Perimeter Fencing.
DOA Security recommends that where the Access Roadway crosses within 10
feet of the perimeter fence, a 8 - 10 foot filled and reinforced CMU wall, toped
with a min of 4 foot non climbable (curved) fencing. Shall be provided.
c. Glass Blast Resistance / Glass Containment/ Shatter Resistance:
Existing Facilities: As is the Airports standard requirement for glass facing any
public roadway surface, all existing glass shall be retrofitted with 3M polyester
blast, Scotchshield Security window film to prevent glass fragmentation,
(shatter resistant), if not already done.
New Facilities: Glazing facing any public roadway surface for new facilities shall
be blast resistant, Laminated Glass, in order to lower the threat from explosive
devices. As PHL is a facility considered at high risk, it can benefit from the use of
Page 109 of 367
laminated security glass as passive resistance to small explosions. Laminated

glass tends to remain in its frame, it helps protect the interior of the building from
the blast wave effect of energy which causes the majority of damage to a
building's interior and surrounding buildings. Protection from flying glass is
imperative.
d. Facility Access Roadway Hardening:
Physical barriers can help increase the separation between vehicles and buildings
or crowds. These barriers (such as concrete filled Bollards) would reduce the
population density of an area a vehicle bomb could affect, and they could reduce
the secondary damage from structural failures. Alternately, planters could also
increase the distance between cars and the terminal building and between cars and
pedestrians.
The design and construction of new facilities at PHL shall include physical
barriers in the form of Bollards placed between the roadway and sidewalks to
eliminate unauthorized vehicle access to the sidewalk near the Structure.
e. Security Equipment Implementation General:
All security junction and terminal boxes shall be tamper indicating and provided
with tamper switches wired to the monitored doors DIP.
All security access portals and fencing shall be equipped with authorized security
signage appropriate for the door / space. Contract DOA SST for typical approved
security signage.
All Security System Monitored and Controlled Portals shall be provided with a
fixed Color CCTV indoor camera looking at the portal / individual violating the
security boundary. Pan/Tilt and Zoom, outdoor Color CCTV cameras shall be
provided on the perimeter of the Security Boundary, which when programmed
and controlled from the PHL Host Access System/CCTV Switching System will
be used to observe the Security Boundary via pre-set scenes. Fixed CCTV Shall
be configured to be digitally recorded. Alarm Doors shall be digitally recorded
upon alarm.
All Controlled/Monitored Doors/Portals shall be equipped with a tamper
indicating, triple biased balanced magnetic switch for position reporting, and a
local audible and visual Annunciator, unless otherwise approved by DOA
Security. Some selected doors will require an intercom to communicate to the
System Control Console.
One Security System Terminal Interface Device shall be provided for each
Controlled/Monitored door/portal. Two(2) Card Readers may be (one on either
side of one door) may be wired in Parallel in areas where similar access levels
exist.
In cases where the controlled door grants access to/from AOA/Public.
Readers marked with as a and b shall denote separate access control points
operating on the same door, for which in / our tracking and control is prescribed.
Page 110 of 367
f. Security Door Hardware Implementation:
Each Controlled/Monitored Door shall be provided with a eight (8) hour (min)
backup power supply designed to support all the local devices at that door/portal.
All Rooms (Such as Mechanical/Storage, Electrical, Telephone room(s), etc) must
be card reader controlled, as an AOA Access Portal. CCTV camera(s) are
required. Those rooms that grant access to roof, or span AOA to Public Space must be under card reader control (Card Reader Access into and out of the spaceCCTV cameras will be required)
o Telephone Rooms, Server / Network Control rooms shall be equipped with
Card Reader/Electric Strike/BMS/AV/PIR configuration. A telephone shall be
provide in proximity to any SA/SS Multiplexer. CCTV cameras will only be
required based on Threat Level. Door number sign shall be provided on the
exterior of the door.
o Electrical Switchgear Rooms Shall be equipped with Card Reader/Electric
Strike/BMS/AV/PIR configuration. Rear access doors shall be configured for
free egress. CCTV cameras will only be required based on Threat Level. Door
number sign shall be provided on the exterior of the door.
o Airport Office space shall be equipped with Card Reader/Electric
Strike/BMS/AV/PIR configuration. CCTV cameras will not be required for
this space.
Security Doors associated with Baggage Handling Systems which breach the
Security Boundary shall be provided in accordance with the DOA SST Security
Interface Requirements for Baggage Handling Systems and shall be equipped
with Card Reader/BMS(door position monitoring)/AV/CCTV Camera
configuration. PLC programming and Controls Interfaces shall be in accordance
with the Security Interface Requirements document. Door number sign shall be
provided on the exterior of the door along with the proper restricted area signage.
Emergency Exit Only Doors - Von Duprin CHEXIT/BMS/AV /CCTV camera

configuration. Interface to Fire Alarm System. Door number sign shall be
provided on the exterior of the door along with the proper restricted area signage.
Interior signage shall include door number signage as well as proper TDR
emergency exit signage.
Emergency Exit and Access Door - Von Duprin CHEXIT/ 2 Card
Readers/intercom /BMS/AV/CCTV camera(s) configuration. Interface to Fire
Alarm System. . Door number sign shall be provided on the exterior of the door
along with the proper restricted area signage. Interior signage shall include door
number signage as well as proper TDR emergency exit signage.
Card Reader Controlled Access Door/Portal (Typical) - 2 Card Readers/Electric
Page 111 of 367
Strike (or Magnetic Lock - per criteria)/Intercom /BMS/AV/CCTV camera(s)

configuration. Door number sign shall be provided on the exterior of the door
along with the proper restricted area signage.
J.
LEED-CI
1. As part of a larger City-wide initiative, the Division of Aviation (DOA) at Philadelphia
International Airport (PHL) will be implementing a sustainable tenant design initiative
that will require terminal and concourse tenants to participate in the LEEDCommercial Interiors (LEED-CI) registration process for all interior fit outs at the PHL
terminal and concourses. At this time, the City and DOA are in the process of developing
a comprehensive strategy for the Airport. In the interim (effective May 2007), all tenants
are being asked to assist the DOA in the tenant construction permitting process by
completing the following requirements for tenant interior fit-outs (including concession
and office facilities):
Tenants shall register new interior fit-out construction projects as LEED-CI

projects. Please note that the registration fee for a project is $450 for US Green
Building Council members and $600 for non-members.
Tenants shall design their terminal and concourse fit-out projects to meet at a
minimum, the basic LEED-CI certification level of Certified (21 26 points).
Tenants shall submit supporting background information in the LEED-CI submittal
templates with their Construction Permitting submissions.
Tenants are not required to submit templates and certification fees to the US Green
Building Council (USGBC) at the time of construction permitting. DOA will provide
instructions for tenant submissions to the USGBC at a later time.
For additional
information on templates, certification and documentation processes, and registration
fees, please contact the U.S. Green Building Council at www.usgbc.org.
For your reference, DOA has prepared a preliminary list of recommended LEED credits
to be achieved in the fit-out projects. Tenants are encouraged to exceed these
recommendations and are welcome to pursue other creative approaches. A list of credits
that will be provided by DOA is also noted for tenant reference in the design process.
Thanks for your assistance and we look forward to working with you through this
permitting process.
K.
Market-Place Redwood Guidelines

1. General Design Guidelines
These criteria are intended to encourage an exciting and attractive retail environment.
These guidelines are intended to allow for maximum creativity within the parameters of
these guidelines. The goal is for each Tenant to derive the maximum benefit from the
Page 112 of 367
plan and storefront or counter front configuration that is unique to the leased space. The
resultant individuality and diversity of store designs will create a rich, textured and
vibrant retail environment.
Certain restraints are imposed. However, the Landlord reserves the right to reject any of
the individual Tenant proposals that, in the opinion of the Landlord, will not provide an
overall benefit to the Philadelphia International Airport concessions program.
Storefront
The Tenants design should integrate storefront signage, interior design, and
merchandising concepts in a coherent manner. The design should be consistent with
the Tenants merchandising and marketing while it reflects and enhances the design
quality of the entire project.
The Tenant should refer to Part II of this Design Manual for specific plan, elevation and
section details at their specific storefront location.
Design Control Zone has been established in all Tenant premises. The Design Control
Zone is defined as a minimum of 3-0 deep area immediately behind the storefront as
measured from the leaseline. The Landlord shall have absolute right of approval over
all Tenant design, signage and materials within this area. The Design Control Zone
review shall include all display windows, retail graphics, display fixtures, signs,
materials, finishes, color and lighting within the Design Control Zone. Merchandise in
the Design Control Zone shall be brightly illuminated by either recessed incandescent or
color corrected compact fluorescent downlights, tracklights, or high quality halogen
light fixtures. The lighting shall remain on a 7-day, 24 hour time clock. The schedule
will be set by the Landlord.
View into the tenant space through the display zone should be maintained. Landlord
approval is required to construct a full height wall within or behind the display zone as a
backdrop for display. Depending upon your location, the materials that may be used in
the display zone will be limited. Materials that in the Landlords opinion are of low
quality, non durable, visually artificial or difficult to maintain will not be permitted. Slat
wall is not permitted in the Design Control Zone.
A drywall ceiling is required throughout the Design Control Zone.
Storefront shall be constructed utilizing high quality materials which are appropriate to
the high traffic anticipated in this area.
Page 113 of 367
Unacceptable materials include:
painted drywall
simulated versions of brick, stone, or wood
rough-cut lumber and barn siding
vinyl tile or sheet vinyl
pegboard walls and fixturing system
stucco
vinyl wallcovering or wallpaper
cork, cork tile or fabric
plastic laminate
Suggested materials include:
stone, marble or granite

ceramic tile
hardwoods: oak, maple, walnut, cherrywood or mahogany. All wood shall be kilndried and have clear or natural finishes or quality painted finishes, and shall be fireresistant treated
glazing of tempered or laminated safety glass or etched glass
paint will be limited to trim, accent panels or other design elements as opposed to the
entire storefront
veneer plaster (hardcoat)
metals: brass, bronze, copper, stainless steel and chrome in polished, brushed or
textured finishes. All exposed framing will be of high quality fabrication and finish
subject to Landlord approval, including all exposed components of grille closures
when in fully closed position
The Tenant is required to secure the storefront. Depending upon the location, this may be
accomplished by lockable doors, overhead security grille, or sliding security grilles. All
grille housings jambs and supports shall be concealed from view. Overhead grilles shall
be key operated or have concealed controls and shall be equipped with emergency quick
release locks.
The security grille specification required throughout the airport varies from concourse to
concourse as follows:
Page 114 of 367
Concourse
Security Grille Specification
A West Terminal
A East Terminal Head
A East Concourse
B-C Connector
B Concourse
C Concourse
D Terminal Head
D Concourse
E Terminal Head
E Concourse
F Terminal
Alumatek with Lexan inserts

Cornell or equal
Cornell or equal
Cornell or equal
Cornell or equal
Cornell or equal
Cornell or equal
Cornell or equal
Cornell or equal
All jamb members and supports shall be detailed. Examples of jamb member detailing
are included in the Tenant Design Manual Book 2 Exhibits . Include the appropriate
details in the construction documents.
The tenant shall provide a separation between Tenant solid wall finishes from adjacent
surfaces and demising piers. The specification required throughout the airport varies
from concourse to concourse as follows:
Concourse
Vertical Separation
A West Terminal
A East Concourse
B-C Connector
B Concourse
C Concourse
D Terminal Head
D Concourse
E Terminal
E Concourse
F Terminal
Stylmark, 110018, finish 21.8

Stylmark, 110022, Satin Natural
wide x deep stainless steel reveal running vertically
from floor to soffit
Separation shall be detailed as indicated in the Tenant Design Manual Book 2 Exhibits.
Include details in the construction documents.
All storefronts must have a continuous base, as approved by the Landlord to protect
against damage from facilities maintenance procedures. Base material to match base
building specification as follows:
Page 115 of 367
Concourse
Base Requirement
A West Terminal
A East Concourse
B-C Connector
B Concourse
C Concourse
D Terminal Head
D Concourse
E Terminal Head
E Concourse
F Terminal
8 brushed aluminum
12 continuous terrazzo base to match the concourse standard
Tenants are not permitted to hang curtains, draperies, or other shielding devices in the
storefront area.
All stock control security systems must be concealed within the floor, ceiling, storefront
columns or other decorative structures. Freestanding systems are not permitted.
Not more than 15% of a window shall be blocked by sale, clearance or informational
signage. No signs shall be taped or suction-cupped to display windows or hung from the
soffit in the Design Control Zone. Paper signs are not permitted in the front window.
The size of retail storefront entry openings varies from concourse to concourse as
follows:
Concourse
Retail Storefront Opening
A West Terminal
A East Concourse
B-C Connector
B Concourse
C Concourse
D Terminal Head
D Concourse
E Terminal
E Concourse
F Terminal
minimum of 8-0 wide x 11-0 high

Any variations from these guidelines are subject to Landlord approval. Food &
Beverage, Fast Food locations are subject to special requirements to control odor
migration. Refer to Mechanical Criteria Part 2.
Page 116 of 367
2. Special Storefront Design Criteria

In addition to the general design criteria the following tenant spaces are subject to
additional design criteria as outlined below:
A East Concourse
Tenant Space L02
a. It is anticipated that this tenant space will be utilized as a bar, the tenant is
encouraged to have a 100% open storefront secured by a full width overhead grille.
In order to control odor migration from food preparation, the tenant space must be
maintained with negative air pressure, refer to the Mechanical Criteria for additional
information.
b. Tenant to provide storefront bulkhead/signband. The bulkhead is to be located at
10-0 aff, and extend to the underside of the concrete structure above. The bulkhead
is to be scribed to the underside of the deck above. The bulkhead is to extend the full
width of the Tenants demised premises as it faces the concourse and the adjacent
hold room. The bulkhead is to be finished with painted drywall. Paint color to match
concourse bulkhead standard. Bulkhead / signband shall be located such that the
concourse finished face aligns with the existing concourse soffit.
c. Tenant to provide typical concourse signage including the blade sign bracket and
neon. Blade sign bracket and neon to match concourse standard.
Tenant Space A4a
a. It is anticipated that this tenant space will be utilized as a Food & Beverage location.
The tenant is encouraged to develop a portion of the tenant space as a sidewalk caf
adjacent to the concourse. In order to control odor migration from food preparation,
the tenant space must be maintained with negative air pressure, refer to the
Mechanical Criteria for additional information.
BC Connector
North Side Retail Zone
a. Storefronts shall be treated as display showcases with entry portals freestanding
within the glazed opening. These portals my extend 2-0 to the pop-out leaseline.
The full height glazing must be of butt-joint construction with open joints no
silicone is allowed. The clear opening entry height must be a minimum of 7-0.
Portals must incorporate all primary signage. All graphics and signage are subject to
Landlord approval.
Page 117 of 367
South Side Retail Zone

a. Tenants are encouraged to have 100% open storefronts. This may be reduced to 80%
if the Tenant can demonstrate that their specific merchandising/storage needs require
a smaller opening. Such a request will be reviewed on a Tenant by Tenant basis. The
tenant may not alter, in any way, the glazed surface to the south side of the tenant
space facing the people mover. Transparency through the Tenant space into the rest
of the B/C Connector is desired. However, if the Tenant can demonstrate that their
specific merchandising/storage needs make this requirement impossible to achieve,
the Tenant may construct a show window inside the glazed wall. This show
window must be 24 deep, the full height of the glazed wall and may extend no more
than 50% of the length of the space. To facilitate cleaning the glass, no built in walls,
furniture, etc. may be closer than 12 away from the glazing.
Intersection Tenants
a. These tenants are limited to full height glass storefronts, butt glazed, following
the curve of the terrazzo flooring or open storefront. No signage may be attached
to the outside of the curved wall or the curved soffit above. These tenants may
install free hanging signs of the same size as the primary sign behind the glass
area. Tenants on the north side of the Connector may utilize the entire surface of
the demising wall behind the curved front for store signage, subject to the
Landlords approval.
Tenant Space M31 and M32
a. Tenant is encouraged to have a 100% open storefront secured by a full width
overhead grille. If the existing airport structure or systems do not allow installation of
an overhead grille, a sliding grille will be considered, providing the grille is integrally
incorporated into the storefront design. If storefront is utilized it must be located such
that one full course of concourse paver tile is visible between the concourse terrazzo
and the storefront.
b. Tenant to provide storefront bulkhead/signband. The bulkhead is to be 1-10 high
and extend the full width of the Tenants demised premises. The bulkhead may be
transparent (glass) or an acceptable opaque material (metal, stone or backed glass).
Bulkhead materials shall be separated from the airport ceiling/soffit, walls, and
Landlord demising pier by a x stainless steel reveal. The bulkhead will be
used for the tenants primary sign.
c. Bulkhead / signband and rolling grille shall be located according to the dimensions as
illustrated on the Lease Outline Drawing.
Page 118 of 367
E Concourse
Tenant Space L23d
a. It is anticipated that this tenant space will be utilized as a bar.The tenant is
encouraged to have a 100% open storefront secured by a full width overhead grille. In
order to control odor migration from food preparation, the tenant space must be
maintained with negative air pressure, refer to the Mechanical Criteria for additional
information.
b. Tenant to provide storefront bulkhead/signband. The bulkhead is to be located at
10-0 aff, and extend to the underside of the concrete structure above. The bulkhead
is to be scribed to the underside of the deck above. The bulkhead is to extend the full
width of the Tenants demised premises as it faces the concourse. The bulkhead is to
be finished with painted drywall. Paint color to match concourse bulkhead standard.
Bulkhead/signband shall be located such that the concourse finished face aligns with
the existing concourse soffit.
c. Tenant to provide typical concourse signage including the blade sign bracket and
neon. Blade sign bracket and neon to match concourse standard.
F Terminal
Tenant F3A and F5B
a. Tenants shall maintain the fixed window between their tenant space and the
terminal vestibule. Repair and refurbish the window, glass and frame as
required to maintain a like-new condition. Glass and frame shall be in
accordance with the Landlord provided specification.
3. Interiors Criteria
Flooring
Floors may be covered with carpet, hardwood, thin-set ceramic tile, stone, terrazzo or
slate. Hard surfacing materials such as marbles, granites, natural stones, and tiles are
recommended for areas subject to high volumes of traffic such as at entries, around sales
counters, and to define circulation routes. Softer materials, such as carpet and natural
wood, are recommended to define merchandising zones.
With the exception of tenants adjacent to carpet in the BC Connector and Terminal
A-West, if not existing, the tenant must install concourse border tile as a transition
from concourse terrazzo to the tenant floor finish. A minimum of one course of
paver tile must be visible between the tenant storefront and the concourse terrazzo
flooring.
Concourse paver tile flooring must extend from the lease line to the storefront closure
Page 119 of 367
line or the centerline of the grille at the retail entry. The level of the finished floor
within the demised premises must align with the airport finish elevation at the entry.
Butt joints are required. No vinyl transition strips are allowed. Between the airport
floor finish and the tenant floor finish the tenant is to install a metal channel. All
transitions within the Tenants premises must be flush.
Ceiling
Ceilings should be designed in response to the design characteristics of the tenants
identity. In order to create a more interesting store, ceilings should be designed to
emphasize specific locations or features within the store. This can be achieved by
changing ceiling heights and/or materials. The tenant is also encouraged to use
innovative lighting to achieve emphasis.
It is recommended that the ceiling be located as high as possible given the constraints
of a specific tenant space. The recommended minimum ceiling height varies from
concourse to concourse as follows:
Concourse
Recommended Minimum Ceiling Height
A West Terminal
A East Concourse
B-C Connector
B Concourse
C Concourse
D Terminal Head
D Concourse
E Terminal Head
E Concourse
F Terminal
11-0
10-3
10-3
10-6
10-0
10-0
10-0
10-0
10-0
10-0
10-0
Any variations from these guidelines are subject to Landlord Approval. A

minimum 6 change is required between the merchandising zone soffit and the
remaining sales area ceiling.
The Tenant is required to provide flush ceiling access panels as required for servicing
base building systems. The minimum size for base building access panels is 24 x 24.
Access panels to be lockable. A fully accessible ceiling is recommended for complete
access to DOA utilities above.
Page 120 of 367
Acceptable ceiling materials include:
GWB painted
2x2 tiles laid in grid (tegular only)
Wood or metal slats
Metal or cloth baffle
Suspended pipe frame and banners
Open-cell eggcrate ceilings will be considered depending upon the location and the
condition of the existing utilities in the ceiling area.
All ceiling suspension systems should be metal. Support for ceiling hangers should
be tied to structural members. Support from decking or utility lines is not allowed.
Display Systems
Wall displays and freestanding display systems should be fabricated with high-quality
materials and be able to withstand abuse from luggage and other rolling carts. All
shelving standards must be recessed.
Interior Partitions
a. If not existing, the tenant is to provide demising walls as required to separate the
tenant space from the adjacent area. Demising walls to be constructed of a minimum
3 5/8 metal stud at 16 o.c. with 5/8 gypsum wallboard each side. Demising walls
are to be scribed to the structure above and sealed with firestop. Demising partitions
are to be constructed as one hour rated partitions in all terminals and concourses with
the exception of the BC connector.
b. All interior demising walls and partitions must be finished in areas visible to the
public.
c. All partitions should be constructed of minimum 3 5/8 metal studs with 5/8 gypsum
wallboard or other non-combustible finish on all sides. Except in areas where the
space above the ceiling is a return air plenum, demising walls are to be 1 hour rated,
UL #465, full height to underside of structural deck. Tenant shall furnish and install
5/8 fire code gypsum wallboard within their space on the demising partition from the
structural floor to the underside of the structural deck.
d. The ceiling above all tenants in Concourses A, B, C, D and E is a return air plenum.
Demising partitions between Tenants shall end 8 above the ceiling. Partitions
separating Tenants from airport gates/holdroom areas shall close to the deck above.
e. Any blocking used within the demising wall to support wall standards or other wallmounted fixture must be metal or fire retardant-treated wood. All wall fixtures must
be self-supported on additional metal stud framing.
Page 121 of 367
f. Tenants with operations which generate moderate or high sound levels are required to
provide sound insulation with an STC rating of 51 or better against sound
transmission in all perimeter demising walls.
g. Stockrooms must not be visible from sales area.
h. Exposed door closers are not permitted in Airport common areas or Tenant sales area.
i. Hollow core doors are not permitted.
j. Tenant walls adjacent to glass spandrel panels shall be vented at the top and bottom to
provide air circulation. Tenant is to provide window film on all exterior windows
located in storage areas or behind fixtures. Film to be 3M Solargard, 3mil, Gray
Silver Gray, 90%. Film to be applied on the interior side of the window.
k. Unacceptable wall finishes include:
Slatwall with laminate inserts may not be used. Only slatwall with metal inserts
is permitted. Slatwall may not be used in the design control zone
Mirrors can be used as accents only
4. Lighting Criteria
a. The tenant is responsible for the complete lighting system within the demised
premises and in the storefront signage. Store displays shall be well lit. Brightness of
the Tenants store interior and storefront are subject to the Landlords approval. All
lighting must be reviewed and approved by the Landlord and be approved by NEC,
UL and when applicable, approved for use in Tinicium Township.
b. The Landlord does not supply lighting of storefronts. Those areas of the storefronts
that are recessed behind the lease line shall have Tenant-installed lighting in the
Tenants soffit area in the form of recessed incandescent downlights or spotlights.
c. No Tenants lighting shall be installed outside of the leaseline. Lighting for blade
signage and storefront signs will be provided by the Tenant in accordance with the
signage requirements described elsewhere in this manual.
d. Then Tenant is encouraged to use innovative lighting designs including pendent
fixtures, low voltage track, low voltage cable lighting, wall washers, and surface
mounted wall fixtures. The light source shall be sufficiently covered to obscure it
from view.
e. There shall be no direct glare or spotlight from the tenants space into the general
public common area, circulation area or seating area.
Page 122 of 367
f. All showcases shall be adequately lit and ventilated. Direct visual exposure of
incandescent bulbs and/or fluorescent fixtures is not permitted. The Landlord
reserves the right to approve or disapprove showcase and display lighting.
g. Control zone lighting must us Par 20, Par 30 or MR halogen lighting to provide
reasonable transition in color temperature from typical 4000k corridor lighting.
Tenant is encouraged to use recessed fixtures in the control zone. Fluorescent lighting
in the design control zone is subject to landlord approval.
h. The Tenant shall provide a 7-day, 24-hour time clock for control of storefront
lighting, design control zone lighting, display cases, and signage to be coordinated
with building hours.
i. Lighting levels and loads shall comply with the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
energy code (ACT 222).
j. Strobes, spinners and chase type lighting is not permitted.
k. Color corrected compact fluorescent lamps in recessed fixtures are permitted.
l. Special lighting considerations:
Fluorescent lamps with color rendering index below 70, cool white fluorescent
lamps, HID lighting and luminous ceilings are not permitted.
Acrylic lenses are not permitted. Acceptable treatments include:
o Vertical baffles
o Metal parabolics
o Paracube or parawedge lenses
2x4 fluorescent ceiling light fixtures shall not be permitted in the sales area.
If fluorescent lighting is used, the lighting design should be a well-struck
balance between fluorescent lights for general lighting and incandescent lights
for accent or source lighting. Recessed fluorescent light fixtures in the sales
area shall not be larger than 2x2.
Fluorescent lighting shall have an approved color rendering and should not be
used as a sole source. An incandescent type of accent lighting should be used
along the wall displays and within the store.
Fluorescent lighting is subject to landlord approval.
Page 123 of 367
5. Signage Criteria
Design of the Tenant signage shall be creative and unique with high quality graphics and
materials that promote a unique store identity consistent with current retail trends. It is
suggested that the Tenant consult with a graphic designer. All signs, including signs of a
temporary nature, must be approved by the Landlord in writing before use.
The Tenant is required to provide power for the illumination of all signage locations
fronting on public areas. All illuminated signage shall be controlled by 7-day, 24-hour
time clock set to Landlord designated hours.
Tenant signage must meet the following standards:
a. Signage shall be limited to name, logo and decorative accents. The name is defined
as the doing business name outlined in the lease or lease amendments. Any text other
than the business name is not permitted. Tenants are not permitted to design
storefronts which incorporate a continuous signband.
b. All attachment devices, wiring, transformers, and any other mechanisms required
must be concealed. No exposed conduit, tubing or raceways, conductors,
transformers, PK housings, or other equipment will be permitted. No exposed bolts,
fastenings or clips. Neon transformers must be concealed above ceilings or within
sign housings.
c. Corporate colors shall not be garish and are subject to Landlord approval.
d. To maintain a high quality retail environment, no box-type back lit panel, formed
plastic, injection molded, animated, or flashing components are permitted. No hand
lettered signs are permitted. The Tenant is encouraged to provide a high quality,
creative, three dimensional sign.
e. No signmakers labels or other identification shall be permitted on the exposed
surface of the signs, except those required by code. Required labels shall be located in
an inconspicuous location. All electrified signs must be certified with a UL Listing.
f. Neon incorporated into storefront signage or the Tenant Control Zone is subject to
Landlord approval. Exposed neon is permitted. Tenant is encouraged to use white
and turquoise (Arg.) neon in these locations. The use of red neon is discouraged.
g. Signage for credit cards may not be located on the storefront. The Landlord
maintains right of approval for credit card decals, labels, vinyl and silkscreened signs.
h. Materials shall be high quality and conform to local building codes, state and national
electrical codes, and all signage material must be UL-rated.
i. Fabrication and installation of Tenant signage shall be top quality and performed by a
Landlord-approved sign fabricator.
Page 124 of 367
j. All sign designs are subject to Landlord approval prior to fabrication. Sign
design/details including electrical connections/wiring to be submitted as a part of the
S2 submission. Tenant to submit 12 copies of full color signage shop drawings for
Landlord review. Drawings to be to scale with all elements clearly drawn, detailed
and specified, along with color and material samples with key plan illustrating
location of sign within tenant space. Maximum drawing sheet size is 11x17.
The tenant signage package is composed of a number of signs types that are generally
designated as follows:
a. Primary Sign: The tenant primary sign is the main sign for the tenant space.
Generally the primary sign is located on the storefront soffit or a sign bracket located
over the storefront. The primary sign is limited to the tenant name and the size is as
defined for the specific concourse location. Generally the primary sign is illuminated.
Tenants are limited to one primary sign per storefront.
b. Blade sign: Blade signs are Landlord required externally illuminated signs with the
tenants name and/or logo. Three-dimensional object signs are encouraged. If the
blade sign is not existing, the tenant is to purchase the blade sign bracket from the
Landlord designated contractor. Bracket to include sign bracket, sign disk, and
external illumination source. The Tenant shall furnish and install a non-illuminated
trademark or logo disk on each blade sign face. The disk shall be smaller then the
actual diameter of the disk. The sign shall be illuminated by a low voltage fixture
installed as a part of the bracket. The Tenant is encouraged to utilize a dimensional
logo disk and logo to provide relief and shadow on the sign. Dimensional letters/logos
shall be at least thick but no more than 2 thick. Letters/logos may be pinmounted off the sign surface. Maximum depth of sign is 2 per sign face; however the
overall depth of the sign may not exceed 4.Tenant to consult with the Tenant
Coordinator for the blade sign location and quantity.
c. Glazed Storefront Sign: Tenants who construct glazed storefronts may install an
optional silkscreened or applied signature sign (decal) on the interior surface of the
storefront. Centerline of sign to be located at 3-6 above the finished floor. Sign is
limited to the tenants name or logo and shall not exceed 3 in height.
d. Transparencies: Generally the tenant is encouraged to maintain an open, transparent
storefront. To this end, framed transparencies in the design control zone or parallel to
the storefront lease line must receive special approval from the Landlord. In all
instances, the transparency image must be a life style image. Advertising is not
permitted.
Page 125 of 367
e. Rear Service Doors: Not all tenant spaces have rear service doors, but if a rear
service door exists, the tenant must provide a sign on the door. The Tenant will label
the service door with standard identification (Tenant Name and space number only).
Label shall be 2 high vinyl letters, Arial font, centered left to right on the door. The
vinyl color shall contrast with the door finish. Label to be provided and installed by
the tenant.
Refer to specific concourses for additional signage information.
Page 126 of 367
Page 127 of 367
Page 128 of 367
Blade Sign
Bracket Locations: The Tenant shall furnish and install a non-illuminated trademark or
logo disk on the blade sign face. Flat panel blade sign face is 36 in diameter. Triangle or
projecting blade sign face is 30 in diameter. This sign shall be illuminated by a low
voltage fixture installed as part of the bracket. The Tenant is encouraged to utilize a
dimensional logo disk to provide relief and shadow on this sign. Dimensional
letters/logos shall be at least thick but no more than 2thick. Letters/logos may be pinmounted off the sign surface. Maximum depth of sign is 2 per sign face; however the
overall depth of the sign may not exceed 4. Tenant to consult with the Tenant
Coordinator for the blade sign location and quantity.
Page 129 of 367
Terminal A-East
Primary Sign: Terminal Head Required at the tenant entry. The sign shall be suspended
below the entry soffit. The sign panel shall not exceed 1-4 in height, 8-0 in length
and 4 in depth. Internally illuminated box signage is not permitted. Three dimensional
object signage is encouraged. Recommended sign types include:
Edge-lit sand-blasted glass;

Routed metal or stone;
Neon (PK housings are required and no exposed wiring is allowed);
Backlit individual letters;
Dimensional letters of metal, stone, or painted wood;
Fiber optics.
Blade Sign: Blade signs are Landlord required externally illuminated signs with the
tenants name and/or logo. Three-dimensional object signs are encouraged. If the blade
sign is not existing, the tenant is to purchase the blade sign bracket from the Landlord
designated contractor. Bracket to include sign bracket, sign disk, and external
illumination source. The Tenant shall furnish and install a non-illuminated trademark or
logo disk on each blade sign face. The disk shall be smaller then the actual diameter
of the disk. The sign shall be illuminated by a low voltage fixture installed as a part of
the bracket. The Tenant is encouraged to utilize a dimensional logo disk and logo to
provide relief and shadow on the sign. Dimensional letters/logos shall be at least thick
but no more than 2 thick. Letters/logos may be pin-mounted off the sign surface.
Maximum depth of sign is 2 per sign face; however the overall depth of the sign may
not exceed 4.Tenant to consult with the Tenant Coordinator for the blade sign location
and quantity.
Note: The design of this signage has not been finalized, but will be developed in
conjunction with the Terminal Head reconfiguration. Images shown above are
preliminary.
Page 130 of 367
BC Connector
Primary Sign - North and South Side Retail Required at the tenant entry. Sign to be
mounted on the entry soffit. The sign panel shall not exceed 1-4 in height, 8-0 in
length and 4 in depth. Internally-illuminated box signage is not permitted. Three
dimensional object signage is encouraged. Recommended sign types include:
Edge-lit sand-blasted glass

Routed metal or stone
Neon (PK housings are required and no exposed wiring is allowed)
Backlit individual letters
Dimensional letters of metal, stone, or painted wood
Fiber optics
Primary Sign: Food Court

The Tenant shall furnish and install individual illuminated channel letters on the Landlord
furnished armature at all the Food Court locations. Letters shall not exceed 1-4 in
height and 4 in depth.
Blade Sign:
Blade signs are Landlord required externally illuminated signs with the tenants name
and/or logo. Three-dimensional object signs are encouraged. If the blade sign is not
existing, the tenant is to purchase the blade sign bracket from the Landlord designated
contractor. Bracket to include sign bracket, sign disk, and external illumination source.
The Tenant shall furnish and install a non-illuminated trademark or logo disk on each
blade sign face. The disk shall be smaller than the actual diameter of the disk. The
sign shall be illuminated by a low voltage fixture installed as a part of the bracket. The
Tenant is encouraged to utilize a dimensional logo disk and logo to provide relief and
shadow on the sign. Dimensional letters/logos shall be at least thick but no more than
2 thick. Letters/logos may be pin-mounted off the sign surface. Maximum depth of sign
is 2 per sign face; however the overall depth of the sign may not exceed 4.Tenant to
consult with the Tenant Coordinator for the blade sign location and quantity.
Marquee Sign: Southside Retail
The marquee sign is located in the HUB concourse. Marquee signs are required for all the
Food Court tenants. The landlord will furnish and install, at the tenants expense the
decorative metal support armature for the tenants marquee sign. The marquee signs
shall consist of individual illuminate letters. Letters shall not exceed 1-6 in height, 80 in length, and 4 in depth.
Should tenant require a panel to mount individual letters or logo, such panel is to be
perforated and painted to match the marquee and edged with a small angle. The angle is
also to be painted to match the marquee sign. The maximum length of the perforated
panel is 8-4. Perforated panel to extend beyond the sign letters 2The perforated
panel to be used on the marquee sign is diameter 5/16 staggered centers, 12 holes
per square inch 58% open.
Page 131 of 367
Secondary Signs: Southside Retail

Secondary Signs consist of a silkscreen or applied signature sign. The tenant is required
to apply the signage to the interior surface of glazed portions of the Peoplemover wall.
This signage shall be translucent and shall not exceed 15 square feet in area. Text is
limited to the tenants name and logo.
Secondary Signs: Northside Retail
(all glazed Storefront Areas) Tenants who construct glazed storefronts may install an
optional silkscreened or applied signature sign (decal) on the interior surface of the
storefront. Centerline of sign to be located at 3-6 above the finished floor. Sign is
limited to the tenants name or logo and shall not exceed 3 in height.
Page 132 of 367
Page 133 of 367
Page 134 of 367
F Concourse: Hub and Concourse Retail and Food Service Tenants

Primary Sign: HUB, and Concourse Retail Required at the tenant entry. The sign shall be
suspended below the entry soffit. The sign panel shall not exceed 1-4 in height, 8-0
in length and 4 in depth. Internally illuminated box signage is not permitted. Three
dimensional object signage is encouraged. Recommended sign types include:

Fiber optics
Primary Sign: Food Court Tenants The primary sign is located over the tenant counter.
The landlord will furnish and install at the tenants expense the decorative metal support
armature for the tenants marquee sign. Sign panel shall not exceed 1-4 in height, 8-0
in length, and 4 in depth. Internally illuminated box signage is not permitted. Three
dimensional object signage is encouraged.
Marquee Sign: Food Court Tenants The marquee sign is located in the HUB concourse.
Marquee signs are required for all the Food Court tenants. The landlord will furnish and
install, at the tenants expense the decorative metal support armature for the tenants
marquee sign. The marquee signs shall consist of individual illuminate letters. Letters
shall not exceed 1-6 in height, 8-0 in length, and 4 in depth.
Should tenant require a panel to mount individual letters or logo, such panel is to be
perforated and painted to match the marquee and edged with a small angle. The angle is
also to be painted to match the marquee sign. The maximum length of the perforated
panel is 8-4. Perforated panel to extend beyond the sign letters 2The perforated
panel to be used on the marquee sign is diameter 5/16 staggered centers, 12 holes
per square inch 58% open.
Primary Sign: Bar / Restaurant Primary sign consists of a silkscreened, etched, or applied
signature sign. The tenant is required to apply the signage to the interior surface of the
glazed portion of the storefront. The signage shall not exceed 15 square feet on each
storefront and shall be translucent. Opaque signs are not allowed. Text is limited to the
tenants name and or logo.
Blade sign Blade signs are Landlord required externally illuminated signs with the
tenants name and/or logo. Three-dimensional object signs are encouraged. If the blade
sign is not existing, the tenant is to purchase the blade sign bracket from the Landlord
designated contractor. Bracket to include sign bracket, sign disk, and external
illumination source. The Tenant shall furnish and install a non-illuminated trademark or
Page 135 of 367
logo disk on each blade sign face. The disk shall be smaller than the actual diameter
of the disk. The sign shall be illuminated by a low voltage fixture installed as a part of
the bracket. The Tenant is encouraged to utilize a dimensional logo disk and logo to
provide relief and shadow on the sign. Dimensional letters/logos shall be at least thick
but no more than 2 thick. Letters/logos may be pin-mounted off the sign surface.
Maximum depth of sign is 2 per sign face; however the overall depth of the sign may
not exceed 4. Tenant to consult with the Tenant Coordinator for the blade sign location
and quantity.
Secondary sign: Tenants who construct glazed storefronts may install an optional
silkscreened or applied signature sign (decal) on the interior surface of the storefront.
Centerline of sign to be located at 3-6 above the finished floor. Sign is limited to the
tenants name or logo and shall not exceed 3 in height.
Page 136 of 367
6. Food Service Criteria

a. The Tenant service area is the zone of the tenant space that is visible to the
public. View into the kitchen area is not permitted. Any variations on these
guidelines are subject to Landlord approval.
b. The Landlord will provide a demising pier between food court Tenants. For specific
details and information, see LOD and Tenant Design Manual Exhibits (part 2).
c. Tenants shall provide a continuous serving counter at the location shown on the lease
outline drawings. Counter fronts must allow for an 8 ceramic tile base recessed 3
from the counter face. Tenant to provide a bumper between the tile base and the
bottom of the counter front. The bumper is to protect the bottom edge of the counter
and is to be a durable material such as stone, metal, or rubber. Display cases shall not
exceed 4-6 in height (4-0 adjacent to demising wall to 12 from demising wall)
and shall not extend more than 75 percent of the counter length, subject to Landlords
approval. Counter design should include recessed areas for condiments, napkins,
utensils, and cash registers. Trays and tray slides are not permitted.
d. Beverage dispensers including soda towers, coffee machines and coffee urns are not
permitted on the front counter. Merchandised displays, bins of bottled, boxed or
canned beverages in refrigerated cases are allowed on the front counter. Self serve
bottled beverages and pre-packaged food is permitted in display cases located at the
front counter.
e. Piping for beverage systems must be contained within the tenants demised premises.
Piping is not permitted below the finish floor. If beverage system piping passes
through a return air plenum ceiling, it must be contained in metal conduit.
f. Ceramic tile or quarry tile and base are required in both the merchandising and food
preparation areas. A 6 high cove base is required throughout the food service tenant
space. Tenant is required to install a waterproof membrane throughout the tenant
space including seating areas. Waterproof membrane is to be Nobleseal TS as
manufactured by the Noble company.
g. Tenants shall provide a non-porous washable ceiling. If ACT is used in the front of
house / service area tile shall be 2x2.
h. All wall materials shall be washable and non-porous. Ceramic tile and stainless steel
are permitted. Epoxy paint and FRP are permitted in the kitchen area (back of house)
only.
Page 137 of 367
i. All ADA regulations should be considered when internal Tenant layout and materials
are selected. The Landlord has made no provisions for meeting ADA requirements
within the Tenant lease area. The Landlord is not responsible to review for
compliance.
j. Menu boards must be high quality and easily modified to accommodate menu
changes. Menu boards must be fully integrated into the overall thematic design of the
space. Any internally illuminated transparencies, if used, must be located a minimum
of 9-0 back from the lease line. Transparencies are not permitted to be
advertisements for sales or specials. Tenant is encouraged to use life-style images if
transparencies are utilized.
Recommended signage types include:
Frameless chalkboard
Chalkboard with natural or painted wood frame
Internally illuminated signage must be white, changeable lettering on dark
background and mounted a minimum of 9-0 back from the Tenant lease line
Storage and Equipment

Tenant storage must be located out of public view. Storage above ceilings is not
permitted.
Storage of supplies and trash, and other equipment, should be handled in a neat,
attractive and unobtrusive manner that does not detract for the merchandise
displays, obstruct views, or interfere with building systems.
Temporary storage and temporary trash accumulation in public areas or in any place
visible by the public is prohibited.
Open storage of garbage or trash is prohibited. Trash carts and bins must be covered, and
must be emptied before they reach capacity.
Alterations to Landlords Base Building
The Tenant may not alter the Landlords base building in any way without the Landlords
approval.
Any alterations which the Tenant performs in the Building (excluding Tenants
Premises) must be scheduled with the Tenant Coordinator. Review with the Tenant
Coordinator regarding length of time required for notice prior to work being
completed. Any portion of the Building that is affected by the tenants work shall be
restored to the condition existing prior to the work performed. All materials used
must comply with the Tenant Coordinator and DOA standard requirements.
Page 138 of 367
All required building system shutdowns such as electrical, HVAC, plumbing, fire
protection and life safety systems must be requested in writing, coordinated with, and
approved by the Tenant Coordinator. Review with the Tenant Coordinator the length of
time required for notice prior to work being completed.
No depressed or trenched floor areas are permitted.
Penetrations by the Tenant through the roof or the floor of the Leased premises are not
permitted without the Landlords prior written consent. The tenant must use a DOA
approved roofing contractor for all roof penetrations so as to not void any roof
warranties. Contractor is required to use non-destructive testing such as ground
penetrating radar or ultrasound for all penetrations in terminals A-West, F, and BC.
Floor penetrations in Terminal F are limited to the crawl space areas only.
No fastening to or suspension from the underside of the floor slab or roof structure is
permitted without the Landlords written approval. Tenant is not permitted to weld to
the base building structure. All fasteners must be mechanical in nature. The use of
percussive anchors and fastening devices is not permitted. Tenant to submit drawings
signed by a structural engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
confirming that the structure can support the proposed load in order to seek approval.
No alterations to the base building systems are permitted without the Landlords
written approval. The Landlord maintains the right of approval for all fire alarm,
sprinkler and HVAC contractors.
Landlord Provided Materials/Construction
All items shall be at tenant expense unless noted otherwise in the lease or Exhibit C
Security Systems
All merchandising security systems by Tenants shall be approved in writing by the
Landlord. Audible alarms will not be permitted.
Fire Extinguishers
The Tenant shall provide fire extinguisher(s) as required by code. Fire extinguishers shall
be located in a concealed but accessible location.
ADA
The Landlord has made no provisions for meeting American Disabilities Act (ADA)
requirements within the Tenant lease areas. The Landlord is not responsible for
review for compliance with ADA regulations.
Page 139 of 367
All ADA regulations should be considered when internal Tenant layout and materials are
selected. Service counter design and construction shall conform to all local, state, and
federal codes and regulations including ADA.
Temporary Barriers and Partitions
The Tenant is required to provide a temporary barrier in front of the storefront while the
store is being constructed in accordance with the Landlord provided design criteria.
The construction barrier must include the Landlords Coming Soon image program.
Barricade graphics must be submitted for approval. Design professional and contractor
signage is not permitted.
7. Special Criteria
Certain tenant spaces within the airport require special consideration, beyond the
guidelines outlined in this design manual. The following criteria is in addition to the
general Tenant Design criteria. The tenant and the tenants design professionals are
encouraged to read the criteria carefully and contact the Tenant Coordinator with any
specific questions.
Terminal A-West
Tenant space C-5bSpace C-5b is located in an area of the Terminal which contains
special architectural features. These features include special heights, clerestory windows
and exposure to the secured corridor above. Unless modified by these criteria, all other
terms of the Tenant Design Criteria shall remain in force.
a. Storefront
The C-5b storefront is limited to the area below the airport installed
bulkhead on the front leaseline. The entire area above the bulkhead shall remain
open. The entire width of the storefront shall remain open or shall be glazed with
butt-glazed storefront system. If the height of the bulkhead will conceal a roll-up
grille and any required structure, a roll-up grille may be utilized to secure the space.
If not, a horizontal sliding grille must be utilized. All structural supports required to
hang the grille shall be concealed behind the bulkhead and contained within a metal
enclosure painted to match the bulkhead. Any columns within the storefront to
support the grille or any other door elements shall be concealed within a stainless
steel metal enclosure. Butt-glazed areas of storefront shall be installed on an 8 curb
with stainless steel on each side. Base to match the airport base.
b. Interiors
Because the Tenant space is visible from above, it must be designed with an
open grid ceiling suspended from the trellis structure above, or supported on the
existing steel structure within the space. This open grid must be a finished
architectural element, manufactured to be viewed from above. The Tenant space can
only be secured by installation of a horizontal security fabric such as x-tend by
Page 140 of 367
CarlStahl installed over the ceiling grid and secured to the walls and soffits defining
the perimeter of the space. One area of the security fabric must provide access for
cleaning the clerestory windows above. Should the Tenant require any enclosed
storage or display units with ceilings within the space, those spaces shall be located
under the flat portion of the roof structure adjacent to the exterior wall.
c. Lighting
General ambient lighting for the space is provided in the terminal ceiling and on the
decorative beams above the space. Additional display lighting may be hung from the
ceiling grid provided all wiring it routed and concealed within the ceiling grid
members.
d. Sprinklers
General sprinkler coverage for the Tenant space is installed as part of the Terminal
construction. Provided the ceiling grid is sufficiently open in accordance with NFPA
13, additional sprinklers will not be required below the ceiling. The Tenant shall be
responsible for any sprinkler modifications required as a result of the display fixture
layout or the design of any enclosed areas located along the exterior wall of the space.
e. HVAC
Conditioned air at 1.5cfm/square foot will be supplied to the space from the trunk
duct along the rear exterior wall. Then Tenant shall provide any distribution required
for enclosed spaces. This distribution must be routed within the low roof area and
shall not be visible from below or above the ceiling grid.
f. Signage
In addition to the general signage criteria for Terminal A West, the tenant must
adhere to the following: In addition to the primary sign, the Tenant is permitted to
install a horizontal decal sign on the butt-glazed storefront at 36 above the finished
floor. Sign is limited to 4 in height. No other signage is permitted on the storefront.
D Hammerhead
Tenant space L51 and L54
a. The size of the food/beverage service counters may vary as long as all queuing for the
counters occurs within the Tenant Leaseline and adequate room is provided for
seating with the leaselines.
b. The bottom half of the front counter to a height of 42 maximum shall be designed as
a continuous enclosure. It shall be constructed of solid materials, except where
merchandise is exhibited for sale. For sale merchandise areas shall be constructed
with a glazed front.
c. The tenant may construct a full height back counter against the Tenant demising
partition or the separation partition between the counter and back of house functions.
Casework on the rear counter may be full height, subject to Landlord approval.
Page 141 of 367
d. The casework shall be constructed with a finished face of wood veneer. Other high
quality materials may be considered if they are appropriate to this high traffic area
and are deemed to be compatible with the adjacent airport finishes. The face of the
finish materials, above the airport base, shall be protected from impact damage by the
means of a bumper type assembly. The units shall be constructed with the
approved 8 high airport base. Countertops shall be constructed of either stone or
solid surfacing material (ie: Corian). Trash and condiment/napkin holders must be
recessed into the service counter.
e. Flooring: All public seating and queuing areas in L-54 shall be replaced with
porcelain tile matching the color and pattern of the other existing food courts in the
airport. L-51 floor materials must be reviewed and approved by the Landlord.
f. All sales activities, sales, personnel, merchandise, fixtures, and equipment shall be
limited to the area of the leased premises. Credit card machines, and similar
equipment shall be shielded from view. Telephones, miscellaneous equipments, etc.
shall not be visible.
g. During closed hours, service counters shall be maintained in a clean, neat, and
secured fashion. No overhead closures, rolling doors, folding doors, or opaque doors
are permitted. All display cases and counters must lock securely. No merchandise or
removable equipment/fixtures shall be left on the counters overnight.
h. Ceiling:
Ceiling height minimum shall be 11-4

The location, height, and design of the tenant bulkhead is subject to Landlord
review and approval. The tenant shall clearly show the bulkhead and details on
the drawings
Terminal ceiling shall be maintained throughout the tenant seating area. The
Tenant may remove the Terminal ceiling and install new ceiling surfaces behind
the service counter only. If the Tenant chooses to install new ceiling surfaces, the
Tenant shall install a continuous bulkhead separating the Terminal ceiling from
the new Tenant ceiling.
i. Tenant shall install a barrier where the leaseline adjoins public terminal spaces.
This barrier may be a open railing or a bar rail incorporating seating and a surface for
food service. Should a bar rail be incorporated, it shall not exceed 42 in height and
shall utilize frosted or sandblasted glass to provide a modesty panel.
j. Lighting:
The Tenant is responsible for all lighting in counters, cabinets, displays, signage
and seating areas. Service counters and display lighting shall not contribute glare
to the public area. Brightness of the service counter interior and display is subject
to Landlord approval. Innovative lighting solutions are encouraged.
Page 142 of 367
Lighting may be provided by the internal illumination of the kiosk casework, and
by recessed downlights in the Landlord ceiling. Tenant may maintain the
Landlord lighting in the seating area or may remove and install alternative
lighting subject to Landlord approval.
Slimline showcase lighting shall be mandatory for primary illumination of
merchandise. All display casework shall be adequately lit and ventilated.
Countertops shall be illuminated by recessed downlights, circuited to the
Tenants panel and controlled by a time clock. Layout to be confirmed by review
of the Landlord drawings. See reflected ceiling plan for proposed fixture layout.
Fixture diameter shall be 8 or less.
Lighting shall be halogen or quartz sources only.
Track lighting is not permitted.
Tenant lighting in Landlord ceiling shall be on Tenant circuits. Relamping light
fixtures on Tenant circuit shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.
k. Utilities: The Tenant is responsible to connect to available utility source provided

and extend from that point to the food service counter or back of house location.
l. Signage In addition to the general signage criteria, the tenant must adhere to the
following:
Menu signage must be accomplished above the rear counter

No signage or menus shall be attached to any airport construction. Menu boards
must be fully integrated into the overall thematic design of the space
All attachment devices, wiring, transformers, and any other mechanisms required
must be concealed
Red neon is not permitted
Hanging signs or menu boards from the Landlord ceiling is prohibited
m. Seating
The Tenant shall provide adequate seating within their leased premises based
upon their menu and serving methods. Tenant shall submit to the Landlord for
review and approval, an analysis to determine the number of seats
Tenant L-54 shall provide chairs, tables, and trash receptacles as selected by the
Landlord
Tenant L-51 shall submit to the Landlord for review and approval chair, table and
trash receptacle selections
Page 143 of 367
Kiosk Criteria
These criteria will guide the Tenant and retail designer in achieving the design
objectives of Kiosks at the Philadelphia International Airport. Kiosks are located in the
BC Connector and the D Node. The Tenant is encouraged to develop a kiosk design
which is based upon the criteria and produces imaginative displays appropriate to the
merchandise or services offered. The kiosk design shall be in keeping with the materials
and overall design concept of the airport retail and food areas.
No overhead closures, rollings doors, folding doors, or opaque doors are permitted. All
display cases and counters must lock securely. All counter top equipment shall be bolded
and /or locked to the counter tops.
These criteria are provided to the Tenants as a guideline only. Because of the high
traffic and visibility of these Kiosks, the Division of Aviation and the Landlord
reserve the right of approval overall design and operational aspects of the kiosk.
Dimension
The maximum size of any kiosk shall not exceed the lease line dimension as shown on
lease outline diagrams prepared by the Landlord. This includes both floor plan and
height limitations.
Layout/Enclosure/Merchandising
The layout of the kiosks shall correspond to the footprint indicated on the lease. Outline
Drawing. The tenant may request to modify the footprint by decreasing it in size. In the
BC Connector locations, provide a 4 gap between the airport columns and elevator
enclosure and the tenant counter/kiosk.
The bottom half of the kiosk, to a height of 36 maximum, shall be designed as a
continuous curved enclosure. It shall be constructed of solid materials, except where
merchandise is exhibited for sale. The merchandise area may be glazed.
Up to fifty percent of the area above 36 may also be used for merchandising or the
operation of the kiosk (example: cash register or coffee brewing machine) if the area is
used for merchandising, it may be glazed to exhibit merchandise. If the area is
operational, it shall be opaque to the public side. The back of all equipment shall be
shielded from view by the upper casework. In no case shall the upper area be higher than
60. Any upper casework elements shall be set back a minimum of 3 from the face of
the lower units.
The set back shall occur at a height from 36 to 52 AFF.
The kiosk enclosure may be treated as a screen with conventional equipment behind it.
The kiosk casework shall be constructed with a finished face of wood veneer. Other high
quality materials may be considered if they are appropriate to this high traffic area and
Page 144 of 367
are deemed to be compatible with the adjacent airport finishes. The face of the finish
materials, above the airport base, shall be protected from impact damage by means of a
bumper type assembly. The units shall be constructed with the approved 8 high base.
The existing terrazzo extends under the kiosk and may not be altered. No recesses are
permitted in the slab. The tenant shall free-lay a high quality rubber vinyl floor within
the Kiosk footprint to provide a waterproof barrier. Rubber or vinyl shall not be glued
or mechanically fastened to the terrazzo. Color should be of a neutral quality similar to
the terrazzo. Tenant to install rubber or vinyl under all casework. Floor material must
be reviewed and approved by the Landlord.
Countertops shall be constructed of either stone or solid surfacing material (ie: Corian).
All exposed wall surfaces and surfaces behind movable equipment within the
tenant service area shall be finished with a high quality, durable material
appropriate to the high traffic anticipated in this area.
Unacceptable materials include:
painted drywall
simulated versions of brick, stone, or wood
rough-cut lumber and barn siding
vinyl tile or sheet vinyl
pegboard walls and fixturing system
stucco
cork, cork tile or fabric
vinyl wallcovering or wallpaper
plastic laminate
Suggested materials include:
stone, marble or granite

ceramic tile
hardwoods: oak, maple, walnut, cherrywood or mahogany. All wood shall be kilndried and have clear or natural finishes or quality painted finishes, and shall be fireresistant treated
glazing of tempered or laminated safety glass or etched glass
paint will be limited to trim, accent panels or other design elements as opposed to the
entire storefront
veneer plaster (hardcoat)
metals: brass, bronze, copper, stainless steel and chrome in polished, brushed or
textured finishes. All exposed framing will be of high quality fabrication and finish
subject to Landlord approval, including all exposed components of grille closures
when in fully closed position.
Page 145 of 367
Tenants fixture design and material selection shall be compatible with the overall quality
of the retail food area of the airport. All sales activities, sales, personnel, merchandise,
fixtures, and equipment shall be limited to the area of the leased premises. Merchandise
on top of countertops shall not exceed 5-0above finished floor in height or occupy more
than 50% of the countertop. Credit card machines and similar equipment shall be
shielded from view. Telephones, miscellaneous equipments, etc. shall not be visible.
Food service tenants to provide the following subject to the Landlord review and
approval:
Trash and condiment / napkin holders must be recessed into the kiosk
Trash receptacles
Tables and chairs (D Node location)
Tenant shall be responsible to maintain their leased premises in a clean and neat fashion
including cleaning floor area, and where applicable bussing and cleaning tables.
During closed hours, the kiosk is to be maintained in a clean, neat and secured fashion.
B Intersection
The Tenant may construct a back service counter adjacent to the airport elevator
enclosure. The joint between the service counter and the elevator enclosure shall be
articulated by a minimum 3 reveal. The service counter shall have a finished interior
wainscot, no higher than 60 in a material which matches either the kiosk face or
countertop. Signage may be attached to the wainscot wall.
Node
The Tenant may construct a back service counter adjacent to the airport wall. The
joint between the service counter and the existing wall shall be articulated by a
minimum 3 reveal. The service counter shall have a finished interior wainscot, no
higher than 96 in a material which matches either the kiosk face or countertop.
Signage may be attached to the wainscot wall.
The D Node tenant may construct a canopy of the kiosk footprint. The canopy to
maintain an open ceiling and be self supporting from the floor. Signage may be
attached to the canopy face.
During closed hours, kiosks and adjacent seating area/leased premises to be
maintained in a clean, neat, and secured fashion.
Tenant to maintain access to existing stairs and storage area adjoining leased
premises.
Page 146 of 367
Lighting
The Tenant is responsible for all lighting in counters, cabinets, displays, signage and the
leased premises. Kiosk and display lighting shall not contribute glare to the public area.
Brightness of the kiosk interior and display is subject to landlord approval. Innovative
lighting solutions are encouraged.
Lighting may be provided by the internal illumination of the kiosk casework, and by
recessed downlights in the ceiling.
Slimline showcase lighting shall be mandatory for primary illumination of merchandise.
All display casework shall be adequately lit and ventilated.
Countertops shall be illuminated by recessed downlights, circuited to the tenants
panel and controlled by a time clock. Layout to be confirmed by site survey of
existing utilities in ceiling. Fixture diameter shall be 8 or less. Lighting must be
aimed downward at the counterfront with no fixture angle greater than 20 degrees
from the vertical. All fixtures shall have baffles, shields or reflectors to control glare.
No exposed bulbs may be used.
Lighting shall be halogen or quartz sources only.
The kiosk shall be illuminated during the hours of operation as specified in the lease
agreement.
Use of Track Lighting
BC Connector Track lighting is not permitted
Use of Neon
BC Connector - Neon is not permitted.

D Node Red neon is not permitted.
Relamping of light fixtures shall be the responsibility of the tenant.

Tenant lighting in landlord ceiling shall be on tenant circuits.
Electrical
Review with the Tenant Coordinator the availability of electrical and telephone conduit.
The Tenant is responsible to connect to available utility source provided and extend from
that point to the kiosk. Tenant is required to install all components necessary for power
and telephone to the leased premises including but not limited to conduit, wire, breaker,
panel and E-mon meter.
Page 147 of 367
Electrical Characteristics
BC Connector: 120/208
D Node: 277/480
Tenant to confirm existing electrical service and provide transformer as required
The tenant is responsible for all distribution within the tenant space, including
distribution panel and wiring as required. Exposed wiring is not permitted.
Conceal all conduits, tubing crossovers, raceways, equipment and transformers in
cabinets.
All merchandising, security systems by tenants shall be approved in writing by the
Landlord. Audible alarms are not permitted.
In the BC Connector location, where utilities cross the required 4 gap between airport
construction and base cabinets, utility lines shall be sleeved or otherwise enclosed with
16GA stainless steel or material to match counter front.
Plumbing / Fire Protection
Plumbing is available for the kiosk locations. Review with the Tenant Coordinator. The
Tenant is responsible to connect to available utility source provided and extend from
that point to the kiosk. Should the tenant desire hot water, the tenant shall furnish and
install an under-counter hot water heater concealed within their structure.
The Tenant is responsible for removal and replacement of column / elevator wall
enclosure panels/ tile when making utility connections.
The Tenant shall provide a fire extinguisher that is concealed but accessible.
Sprinklers
BC Connector: Area is sprinklered. Tenant fit-out to not interfere with existing

sprinkler system
D Node: Tenant space is not sprinklered
Signage
Design of the tenant signage shall be creative and unique, with high quality graphics and
materials that promote a unique store identity consistent with current retail trends. It is
suggested that the tenant consult a graphic designer. All tenant sign designs are subject to
landlord approval. Tenant signage must meet the following standards:
Sign design may incorporate colors and materials, business names, store logo,
logotype, and/or graphic flourishes
Any text other than the business name is not permitted
Page 148 of 367
Menu signage may be accomplished by the use of free standing menu elements above
the casework. Approved locations of sign elements are illustrated in the plan
drawings. Sign elements as shown must be adjacent to airport structure. No signage
or menus shall be attached to any airport construction. Menu boards must be fully
integrated into the overall thematic design of the space
Materials shall be high quality and conform to local building codes, state and national
electrical codes, and all signage materials must be UL-rated
Fabrication and installation of tenant signage shall be top quality and performed by a
landlord approved sign fabricator
All attachments devices, wiring, transformers, and any other mechanisms required
must be concealed
Hanging signage or menu boards from landlord ceilings is prohibited
All sign designs are subject to landlord approval prior to fabrication. See signage
submission requirements listed in general signage
BC Connector Signage
Tenant signage must be incorporated into menu signage or permissible merchandise

zone of the center island
B Intersection: If the tenant uses two menu boards along the elevator wall, boards
shall be sized and placed symmetrically in front of the elevator wall.
D Node Signage
Primary tenant sign shall not exceed 1-4in height,8-0in length and 4in depth.
Internally illuminated box signage is not permitted. Three dimensional object signage
is encouraged. Recommended sign types include:
o
o
o
o
o
o

Fiber optics
Page 149 of 367
Blade sign - The tenant is to coordinate with the Tenant Coordinator on blade sign
location, quantity and specific construction requirements. The Tenant shall furnish
and install a non-illuminated trademark or logo disk on each blade sign face. The
disk shall be smaller than the actual diameter of the disk. The sign shall be
illuminated by a low voltage fixture installed as a part of the bracket. The Tenant is
encouraged to utilize a dimensional logo disk and logo to provide relief and shadow
on the sign. Maximum depth of sign is 2 per sign face. Letters/logos may be pinmounted off the sign surface; however, the overall depth of the sign may not exceed
4. Opaque sign surface to be vinyl film. Other surface materials may be considered
if they are appropriate to the overall appearance of the sign.
General Construction
The use of color on and within the kiosk is encouraged. Final color selection is subject to
review and approval by the Landlord.
If tenant work required modifying existing airport finishes, tenant must utilize
subcontractors approved by the DOA for each specific trade. The Tenant is responsible
for removal and replacement of column/elevator wall enclosure panels/tile when making
utility connections. The Tenant is responsible for replacing damaged column/elevator
wall enclosures/tile.
Miscellaneous
The use of queuing aids (ie. stantions) shall not be permitted unless approved in writing
by the Landlord/DOA.
Construction Barricade
The Tenant is required to provide a temporary barrier in front of the kiosk during
construction in accordance with the Landlord provided design criteria. Actual barricade
requirements will be determined during the S1 review meeting and are contingent upon
the extent of the work being completed.
The construction barrier must include the Landlords Coming Soon image
program. If the tenant desires to place signage on the barricade, graphics and
placement must be submitted to for review. Design professional or contractor
signage is not permitted.
Page 150 of 367
APPENDICES
AIRPORT STANDARD DETAILS
BUILDING AND WORK PERMIT APPLICATIONS
NOTIFICATION AND REQUEST FORMS
LEED-CI
CAD DESIGN STANDARDS
MARKET-PLACE REDWOOD TENANT KEY PLANS
MARKET-PLACE REDWOOD STOREFRONT IMAGES
Page 151 of 367
AIRPORT STANDARD DETAILS
Page 152 of 367
STANDARD CAD DETAILS INDEX
Antenna Support and Service Entrance Detail.

Airside Paving Details..
Airside Paving Details Continued.
CAP for Existing Structures.
Concrete Handhole Structure
Duct Bank Installation..
Electric Water Heater Detail.
Fire Resistance Ratings Design No. U465
Fire Resistance Ratings Design No. U466
Flashing at Pipe Penetrations at Existing EPDM Roofing
Floor Patch Detail (Concrete Slab) Terminal F.
Floor Penetration Sleeve Detail.
Floor Pipe Penetration Detail.
New Ductbank-to-Existing Ductbank Reinforcement Detail.
Pavement Replacement Over Installed Duct..
Pipe Anchor Detail..
Pipe Penetration Roof Curb Detail..
Pipe Support (By Mechanical Contractor)...
Type Existing Tee Details & Guidelines For Fast. to Tees...
Trench Detail.
Typical Curb Detail
Wall Mounted Pipe Support
Wall Pipe Penetration Detail
CD-1
CD-2
CD-3
CD-4
CD-5
CD-6
CD-7
CD-8
CD-9
CD-10
CD-11
CD-12
CD-13
CD-14
CD-15
CD-16
CD-17
CD-18
CD-19
CD-20
CD-21
CD-22
CD-23
Page 153 of 367
Page 154 of 367
Page 155 of 367
Page 156 of 367
Page 157 of 367
Page 158 of 367
Page 159 of 367
Page 160 of 367
Page 161 of 367
Page 162 of 367
Page 163 of 367
Page 164 of 367
Page 165 of 367
Page 166 of 367
Page 167 of 367
Page 168 of 367
Page 169 of 367
Page 170 of 367
Page 171 of 367
Page 172 of 367
Page 173 of 367
Page 174 of 367
Page 175 of 367
Page 176 of 367
BUILDING AND WORK PERMIT APPLICATIONS

APPLICATION FOR AIRPORT PERMIT FORM
CITY OF PHILADELPHIA
TINICUM TOWNSHIP
Page 177 of 367
Page 178 of 367
CITY OF PHILADELPHIA
For City of Philadelphia Permit Forms as well as other forms and requirements contact the
City of Philadelphia Licensing and Inspection (215)686-2475, or at www.phila.gov.
Page 179 of 367
TINICUM TOWNSHIP
For Tinicum Township Permit Forms as well as other forms and requirements contact
Tinicum Township at (610)521-3530, or at www.tinicumtownshipdelco.com.
Page 180 of 367
NOTIFICATION AND REQUEST FORMS

BURN PERMIT
NOTIFICATION OF CORE DRILLING & CONCRETE SAW CUTTING
REQUEST FOR DOOR/ROOF ACCESS
Page 181 of 367
BURN PERMIT
NOTICE OF FLAME CUTTING\SOLDERING\WELDING
Project: ___________________________________________________________________
Location: _________________________________________________________________
Contractor: _________________________________________________________________
Hours:
__________________________________________________________________
Date:
__________________________________________________________________
Name of Fire Watcher: ______________________________________________________
NOTE:
All burn activity shall be supervised 3 hours after termination of operation.
Operations, Communications Center, Fire Department and Engineering are to be

notified of all burn activity.
Fire Department fax#: (215) 492-1258
Communications fax#: (215) 937-6882
Job Control fax#:
(215) 937-6898
Operations fax#: (215) 937-6873

Engineering fax#: (215) 937-6734
Sent By: _____________________________________________________________________

Received By: ________________________________________________________________
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE REGULATIONS WILL RESULT IN A
$300.00 FINE AND/OR 90 DAYS IMPRISONMENT
Page 182 of 367

Division of Aviation Engineering Department
NOTIFICATION OF CORE DRILLING &

CONCRETE SAW CUTTING
DOA Permit No. or Project No.: _____________________________________________
DOA Project Title: __________________________________________________
Location: __________________________________________________________
Contractor: ________________________________________________________
Drilling/Cutting Hours: _____________________________________________
Drilling/Cutting Date: _______________________________________________
Name of Contractors Supervisor: ____________________________________
NOTE: Send notification a minimum 72 hours in advance of drilling/cutting to the
following DOA Departments:
Job Control fax#:
Engineering fax#:
Operations fax#:
Communications fax#:
(215) 937-6898
(215) 937-6734
(215) 937-6873
(215) 937-6882
Request Date: ______________________________________________________

Work Description & Comments:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Page 183 of 367
REQUEST FOR DOOR/ROOF ACCESS

To: [SPONSOR], Division of Aviation
E-Mail to: [SPONSOR] @phl.org
From:
Date of Request: _______________________________________________________________
Project: ______________________________________________________________________
DOA Permit/Project No.: _______________________________________________________
General Contractor: ___________________________________________________________
Door/Roof Location: ___________________________________________________________
Door Number: _______________________________________________________________
ONE TIME ACCESS
Date: _______________________________________
Time -- From: _______________________________ To: ______________________________
EXTENDED ACCESS
Start Date: __________________________________ Finish Date: ______________________
Time -- From : ______________________________ To: ______________________________
Work to be Performed: _________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Work Force and Escorts:
EMPLOYEE
COMPANY
BADGE NUMBER/TYPE
_______________________
_____________________
_______________________
_______________________
_____________________
_______________________
_______________________
_____________________
_______________________
_______________________
_____________________
_______________________
_______________________
_____________________
_______________________
_______________________
_____________________
_______________________
_______________________
_____________________
_______________________
_______________________
_____________________
_______________________
ACCESS REQUIREMENTS:
Requests for access must be submitted no later than 72 hours prior to the work activity.
All workers must be badged or escorted by a properly badged individual.
Page 184 of 367
LEED SAMPLE PROJECT CHECKLIST - RETAIL
Page 185 of 367
Page 186 of 367
Page 187 of 367
LEED SAMPLE PROJECT CHECKLIST FOOD & BEVERAGE
Page 188 of 367
Page 189 of 367
Page 190 of 367
LEED SAMPLE PROJECT CHECKLIST OFFICE
Page 191 of 367
Page 192 of 367
Page 193 of 367
CAD DESIGN STANDARDS
Page 194 of 367
Division of Aviation
CAD Standards Manual
March 26, 2007
Page 195 of 367
0.0 Table of Contents
1. Specifications
1.1.
Purpose of Manual
1.2.
Submittal Requirements
1.2.1
eTransmit Procedure
1.3.
Drawing Management
1.3.1.
Project Directory Structure
1.3.2.
File Naming Convention
1.3.3.
Drawing Lists
2. General Conditions
2.1.
Drawing Setup
2.2.
Best Practices and Procedures
2.3.
View ports
2.4.
Annotation
2.4.1.
Leaders
2.4.2.
Dimensions
2.5.
General Notes Locations
2.6.
Design Criteria Drawing
3. Symbols
3.1.
General Symbols (future)
4. Details
4.1.
General Details (future)
5. Appendix
A.
Layering Guide
B.
Series Designators
C.
Dimension and Linetype Scale Factors
D.
Plotter Lineweight Full
E.
Plotter Lineweight Half
F.
Drawing Lists
G.
DOA Text Statistics
H.
Standard Titleblocks / Logos
I.
Design Criteria Drawing
Page 196 of 367
1.0 Specifications
Specifications
Page 197 of 367
1.1 Purpose of Manual

The purpose of this manual is to provide PHL/PNE Consultants, Tenant and DOA
employees with guidelines for drawing appearance and drawing file construction. The
procedures contained herein are established best practices to attain the PHL DOA level of
expectations on all drawings.
The manual will also represent the technical template by which all DOA consultants shall
perform specific tasks on projects. The manual will give the consultant a standard of
quality by which to build their final product.
The policies established herein are for the information and guidance of Architects /
Engineers who perform design services to support the DOA and DOA tenants. Any
special condition which may require a variation from these requirements is subject to
prior approval of the DOA.
It is important to note that these standards are not static and will continue to evolve as the
DOA requirements and technology change.
Page 198 of 367
1.2 Submittal Requirements

The submittal requirements of a completed project should include all drawing files
associated with the project. All files of the project are to be copied onto one DVD. These
files shall be provided in 4 separate folders as follows:
(1) A complete set of working files* organized as your Project Directory
Structure detailed in Section 1.3.1 of this manual, which is to be copied, in
its entirety, from the Project Drive letter and Project Root folder
(e.g. Q:\4091) onto a DVD disk.
(2) A zip folder containing all AutoCAD drawings associated with the project is
also to be copied to the DVD. This zip folder is to be assembled using
AutoCADs eTransmit utility. See Section 1.2.1 for the eTransmit
procedure.
(3) A folder containing a PDF set of all finalized Plotsheet AutoCAD drawings.
(4) A drawing list created in Microsoft Excel is to be submitted along with the
drawing files. The drawing list will include:
Drawing file name

Drawing number
Drawing title
Drawing scale
Additional information may also be included if needed.
All drawing files, before performing the eTransmit procedure, should be purged of all
extraneous blocks, layers, linetypes, and images.
* working files include all drawings, specifications, cost estimate files, correspondence,
project management files, and any other files that aid in defining and completing the
project.
Page 199 of 367
The DVD to be submitted must be labeled with the following information:
Consultants name
Discipline Facility (e.g. Mech-PHL, Mech-PNE)
Submission date
Contact name and phone number and e-mail address
PHL/PNE project number
As much information as possible should be printed on both the DVD label and the DVD
case. If all of the information will not fit on either the label or the case, the information
can be listed in an orderly manner in a text file that shall be copied to the DVD.
In Summation:
The DVD submittal is to contain the following folders;
(1) A folder containing the entire Project Directory Structure as it resides on the
server (e.g. Q:\4091),
(2) A zip folder assembled using AutoCADs eTransmit utility,
(3) A folder containing a PDF set of all final plotsheet drawings,
(4) A folder containing a Microsoft Excel file that lists all submitted AutoCAD
project drawings,
and if necessary,
(5) A folder containing a text file of additional DVD label information.
Page 200 of 367
1.2.1 eTransmit Procedure

Once all AutoCAD files of the project are completed, AutoCADs eTransmit utility shall
be used to compile all drawings into a zip folder transmittal package. This eTransmit
utility will collect AutoCAD files and their related support files, such as raster images,
external references, and fonts, into any folder or drive that you specify.
eTransmit Procedure:
Open the first AutoCAD drawing of the Project Directory Structure. Then choose
FileeTransmit to open the Create Transmittal dialog box. (Save drawing if prompted
to)
In the Select a transmittal setup group, click the Transmittal Setups button to open
the Transmittal Setups dialog box (next page).
Page 201 of 367
Highlight Standard and click the Modify button to open the Modify Transmittal
Setup dialog box (next page):
Page 202 of 367
In the Transmittal type and location group: Create a Zip (*.zip) transmittal package
type and Keep existing drawing file formats. In the Transmittal file folder: box, select
a location for AutoCAD to place this zip folder (which will eventually be copied onto a
DVD disk). In this transmittal I chose to place it on the Desktop. In the Transmittal file
name: box, direct AutoCAD to prompt you for a file name to give this zip folder. In the
Transmittal Options section, choose the Use organized folder structure radio button
and supply your Source root folder: wherever the Project Root Tree Structure resides
on your server (for this example it is Q:\4091).
Page 203 of 367
Check the box Include fonts and the box Set default plotter to none. Click OK and
then close the Transmittal Setups dialog box.
In the Create Transmittal dialog box:
Continue adding all AutoCAD files to the transmittal by clicking the Add File button.
Once all files are added to the transmittal, click the OK button and AutoCAD will process
the files into a zip folder and prompt you for a file name (e.g. 4091.zip). AutoCAD will
place this zip folder at the location you designated in the Modify Transmittal Setup
dialog box.
At this point you are now able to copy the Zip Folder Transmittal Package of AutoCAD
drawings onto the DVD disk.
Page 204 of 367
1.3 Drawing Management

This section maps out the computer network for ease of locating and handling electronic
drawings and reference files. It covers all aspects of how electronic drawing files are handled.
Page 205 of 367
1.3.1 Project Directory Structure

This section covers the directory structure to be followed on all PHL/PNE DOA projects.
Each project shall have its own directory set up. The directory name shall include the
PHL/PNE project number. In that directory, folders can be setup for correspondence,
project management, specifications, cost estimate, etc. Setup a folder for all the
drawings. In the Drawings folder set up sub-folders for Outside Source files, PDF set,
Base files, and Plot Sheet files.
The Outside Source drawings folder is used for any drawings received from any
outside source. Each time files are received, a new folder under the received folder
should be created and named after the date the file(s) was received. (ex. [Below])
The PDF set folder is used for PDF files that are created as part of submissions to the
DOA.
The Base folder will hold all files that are being Externally Referenced. This is where the
titleblock, information block, existing backgrounds and any image files will be saved.
The Plot Sheet folder will contain each completed AutoCAD drawing sheet being
submitted per project. EACH AUTOCAD DRAWING IS TO CONTAIN EXACTLY
ONE PLOT SHEET (LAYOUT). This folder can be broken down by discipline and
additional sub-folders under each discipline in cases of a larger project.
A typical job directory structure may look as follows:
P\ (Project Drive Letter)
4091\ (Project Root Folder)
Correspondence\
Project Management\
Drawings\
PDF set
4091A101.PDF
Outside Source Drawings\
12_16_04\
121604.zip
Base\
4091TBLK.dwg
PlotSheet\ - For small size project
4091A101.dwg
or PlotSheet\ - For medium size project
Architectural\
4091A101.dwg
Page 206 of 367
Structural\
4091S101.dwg
or PlotSheet\ - For large size project
Architectural\
100\
4091A101.dwg
200\
Structural\
100\
4091S101.dwg
200\
This is how a typical project directory is to look in Windows Explorer.
Page 207 of 367
1.3.2 File Naming Convention

All drawing files are to follow the PHL/PNE DOA file naming convention based on whether the
project is airfield/site civil or building work. The project PHL/PNE number is to be incorporated
into all file names.
Airfield / Site Plot Sheet Files
All site work is to follow the airfield naming convention. The first four numbers represent the
PHL/PNE job number. The letter represents the discipline and the numbers represent the sector
number.
A typical airfield plot sheet name is: 4091E04.dwg
PHL project number 4091
Discipline Electrical
Project Specific Sector - 04
For discipline / subject numbering breakdown see Appendix B
Building Plot Sheet Files
All work done in a building is to follow the building naming convention.
A typical building plot sheet name is: 4091M3214.dwg
The first four numbers represent the PHL project number. The letter represents the discipline.
The first number represents the series, the second number represents the floor level and the last
two numbers represent the sector number.
Discipline Mechanical
Series 3 (Floor plans)
Floor 2nd floor
Sector - 14
For discipline / subject numbering breakdown see Appendix B
Reference Files
Reference files can be either 2 dimensional or 3 dimensional and contain all drawing data
organized into logical views of the building or site. All drawing must be done in model space
using real-world units. The view orientation and information contained in this group of files
will depend on the specific needs of the project but will generally provide plan, elevation and
section views of the building or site.
Every project is different so there is a level of leeway in the exact naming, but a clear, concise
and consistent naming convention is to be followed.
A typical reference file name is: 4091A-FPLVL1.dwg
The first four numbers represent the PHL project number. The first letter represents the
discipline followed by a hyphen. The next two letters define the type of reference file. The next
four letters or numbers are user definable but should be descriptive.
Discipline Architectural
Reference type Floor Plan
Page 208 of 367
1.3.3 Drawing Lists

Description
This section discusses the use of drawing lists for the project
Drawing lists are maintained for each individual project. Most often used as a communication
tool to help project teams catalogue the projects total drawing files, the drawing lists also outline
the structure of the project directory and give a description of the files that are used to build the
individual drawings. Items such as background external references, title blocks, drawing scales,
and insertion points are contained in the drawing lists to serve as a guide for drafters assigned to
work in the middle of the project. Drawing lists are sometimes used to build the transmittals
when the project is delivered to the clients.
Drawing lists differ from project to project. Many drawing lists are detailed to match the project
directory. Some drawing lists, however, are based on project submission dates and reflect the
projects stage of completion. A drawing list shall be used for all projects. Samples of drawing
lists are shown in Appendix F.
Page 209 of 367
2.0 General Conditions
General Conditions
Page 210 of 367
2.1 Drawing Setup

All drawings are to be setup using External Referencing in both paperspace and
modelspace. All Xref files are to be on layer G-ANNO-XREF color 7. Background files
are to be Xrefed into modelspace at a scale of 1 = 1, inserted at 0,0,0 with no rotation.
Titleblocks are to be Xrefed into paperspace at a scale of 1 = 1, inserted at 0,0,0 and with
no rotation. Viewports are to be created in paperspace on the layer DEFPOINTS and
color 7. If a background file needs to be rotated, use Drawing Views (Dview) twist.
Background files may be Xclipped to help drawings load faster.
Each drawing shall include a north arrow. The north arrow shall be pointed north in
relationship to the plan.
All drawings that include any building plans shall include the column line and column
designations for that building.
Every DOA Project shall include a Code Analysis / Fire Egress Plan Drawing. A sample
of this drawing is included on the DOA CAD Standards CD. (See Appendix I)
Page 211 of 367
2.2 Best Practices and Procedures

Layers
The layer is the basic tool used in CADD for managing graphic information. The layers defined
within these standards are based on the recommendations set forth in AIA CAD Layer
Guidelines.
Layer names consist of a two-character Discipline Designator (e.g., "A-" for Architectural, "M-"
for Mechanical), followed by a four-character Major Group (e.g., "WALL" for Walls, "LITE" for
Lighting Fixtures), followed by four-character Minor Group (e.g., A-WALL-FULL-EXTR for
exterior full height walls versus A-WALL-FULL-INTR for interior full height walls). The last
four-character is the Status Group (e.g. DEMO for demolition, NEWW for New)
Note: The status group is only used when creating drawings that contain at least two of the
follow: New work, Existing work, Demolition work or Relocated work.
Refer to Appendix A for a list of pre-approved layer names. If you need to use a layer that is not
on the list please provide a list of desired layer names for approval.
Text*
There are three plotted text heights and two text styles that are to be used on DOA
drawings. Do not change the width factor of any text.
o Text Small Used for notes and annotation
0.10 Plotted height
RomanS font
o Text Medium Used for detail call-outs
0.14 Plotted height
RomanS font
Page 212 of 367
Text Large Used for titles
0.20 Plotted height

Futurah.TTF Bold font (included on the DOA standards CD)
* Additional text styles are used in the Title blocks and Coversheet. These styles are not
to be changed or used anywhere else on the drawings.
Blocks
All lines and text in a block are to have colors set to Bylayer. If multiple colors are to
be used in a block a new layer must be setup for each color. This is important for the use
of drawings between multiple A/E/C firms. Blocks should never be exploded in any
drawing.
External Referencing
All drawings are to be setup using External Referencing in both paperspace and
modelspace. All Xref files are to be on layer G-ANNO-XREF color 7. Background files
are to be Xrefed into modelspace at a scale of 1 = 1, inserted at 0,0,0 with no rotation.
Titleblocks are to be Xrefed into paperspace at a scale of 1 = 1, inserted at 0,0,0 and with
no rotation. Viewports are to be created in paperspace on the layer DEFPOINTS. If a
background file needs to be rotated, use Drawing View (Dview) twist. Background files
may be Xclipped to help drawings load faster. Use the Relative path type for all Xref
files.
Page 213 of 367
2.3 Viewports
Description
This section describes the use of Viewports in a drawing.
Viewports
Be sure that DEFPOINTS is the current layer
Make sure that Paper Space is current
Use the mview command
Pick points for viewport window in paperspace
Type MS to toggle into the viewport
Use zoom command to set scale
1/(scale factor) XP ( Refer to scale chart - Table 1 )
Pan to proper view
PS to toggle out of viewport
LTScale
In Modelspace set to scale factor
E.g. (1/8 = 48, = 24)
Refer to scale chart below
In Paperspace set to .5 only if multiple scale factors are used on the same plot sheet
otherwise leave as set in Modelspace.
PSLTSCALE must be set to 0 unless multiple viewports with different scales are on the plot
sheet. Set PSLTSCALE to 1 if multiple scales are used.
(This is done to create uniformity in the different viewports. Line spacing is not
dependent upon which scale the viewport is, but rather it is scaled from the overall and
consistent factor of paperspace)
Table 1.
Scale
1/64" = 1'
1/32" = 1'
1/16" = 1'
3/32 = 1'
1/10" = 1'
1/8" = 1'
3/16" = 1'
1/4" = 1'
3/8" = 1'
X/P Factor
1/768
1/384
1/192
1/128
1/120
1/96
1/64
1/48
1/32
Alt Scale
.0013
.0026
.0052
.0078
.00833
.0104
.015625
.0208
.03125
Scale
1/2" = 1'
3/4" = 1'
1" = 1
1-1/2" = 1'
1" = 20'
1" = 30'
1" = 40'
1" = 50'
1" = 60'
X/P Factor
1/24
1/16
1/12
1/8
1/240
1/360
1/480
1/600
1/720
Alt Scale
.04166
.0625
.0833
.125
.00416
.00277
.002083
.00166
.00138
Page 214 of 367
2.4 Annotation
This section maps out how to annotate drawings.
Page 215 of 367
2.4.1 Leaders
Description
This section discusses how to access the various types of leaders used on drawings. Also given
in this section are guidelines on when to use different leaders and their appearance.
1. Use arrow leaders consisting of straight lines with a shoulder. Arrows shall snap to
endpoints, midpoints, or nearest point on identified objects. Shoulder points back to the
beginning of first line or end of last line of the text.
2. Use dot leaders consisting of straight lines with shoulder when text is outside of identified
closed space. Shoulder points back to the beginning of first line or end of last line of the text.
3. Use the Circle Leaders to identify cable, conduit, pipe etc. Shoulder points back to the
beginning of first line or end of last line of the text.
Figure 2-1
Page 216 of 367
2.4.2 Dimensions
Description
This section describes standard dimensioning procedures to be used on PHL/PNE DOA Projects.
Dimensioning
1. Using the dimension style manager dialogue box, Create a new Dimstyle called DOA (see
Figure 2-2).
2. Set the geometry values for the dimension style (see Figure 2-3).
2.1.
Set all colors and lineweights to bylayer.
2.2.
Set extension line extension to 3/32.
2.3.
Set extension line offset to 1/8.
2.4.
Select closed filled arrowhead and set size to 1/8.
2.5.
Overall scale will be based on drawing scale managed by drawing setup.
3. Format text (see Figure 2-4).
3.1.
Set text style to Standard.
3.2.
Set text color to Yellow.
3.3.
Set text height to .10.
3.4.
Set text placement for vertical to Centered.
3.5.
Set text placement for horizontal to Centered.
3.6.
Set text offset from dimension line to 3/64.
3.7.
Toggle text alignment to Aligned with dimension line.
4. Set dimension primary units (see Figure 2-5).
4.1.
Set unit format to Architectural.
4.2.
Set fraction format to Diagonal.
4.3.
Set angular dimension units to decimal degrees.
5. Set dimension association (dimaso) to on.
6. Make all dimensions snap to endpoints, quadrants, and centers.
7. Change dimension appearance by using Stretch, Grips, or Dimfit.
Notes:
Do not explode dimensions
Fractions are to be typed in as linear text. Where more than one item is being called out
the quantity shall be in brackets. (e.g. (2) 2 1/3 CONDUITS)
Page 217 of 367
Figure 2-2
Figure 2-3
Page 218 of 367
Figure 2-4
Figure 2-5
Page 219 of 367
2.5 General Notes Locations

Description
Notes shall be located in the upper right hand corner of the drawing. See Figure 2-6 for
the correct location of general notes. If it is not feasible to place the notes in the upper
right hand corner, it is up to the drafter to locate them where best suited on the drawing.
Figure 2-6
Page 220 of 367
2.6 Design Criteria Drawing

This section describes the format for the Design Criteria Drawing which MUST BE
INCLUDED with each project that affects habitable space. This drawing is intended to
document the Code related design criteria which the Design Professional used in the
design of the project. This information will assist the DOA and Code Enforcement
Agencies in understanding the Designers methodology for determining egress routing
paths, Use Group classifications, distance of travel, etc. This information is invaluable in
future project research by being bundled with the contract drawings.
Sheet Layout
The Design Criteria Drawing sheet is generally made up of 3 parts, Code Analysis Chart,
Floor Plan Layout and Legend.
2.6.1 Code Analysis Chart This chart shall include, as a minimum, the
following code related information (see Appendix I for complete listing):
1. Major Applicable Codes
2. Building Statistics square footage, height, etc.
3. Use Group and Occupancy Load
4. Primary Building Use Group
5. Building Construction Type
6. General Building Limitations
7. Egress Criteria
8. Exit Capacity
9. Fire Resistance Ratings
10. Fire Suppression Criteria
2.6.2 Floor Plan Layout This layout must be submitted for each occupied level
and must be of such a scale that clearly indicates the egress path from the most
remote space to the nearest exit door. In addition, as a minimum, this layout shall
indicate the following (see Appendix I for actual content information):
1. Floor Plan showing relationship of all spaces with respect to the point of
egress.
2. Plan must be shaded to differentiate between design Use Group
Classifications. This Plan must also indicate the Occupancy Capacities of
the spaces.
Page 221 of 367
3. Number each Fire Stair, Exit Door or other Code required egress point.
Indicate the Occupancy Load, Occupancy Capacity and stair or door
width.
4. Indicate, via arrow, the egress path for the most remote point (MRP). At
the MRP, indicate the actual travel distance and Code required maximum
travel distance.
2.6.3 Legend The Legend must indicate the following information (see
Appendix I for an example):
1. Legend shall indicate the shading used in the Floor Plan, corresponding
Code defined Use Group and the Airport specific space use classification.
2. Symbology used to indicate Stair/Exit Designation, Use Group/Occupancy
Capacity and Actual/Maximum Travel Distance.
Page 222 of 367
3.0 Symbols (future)
This section contains standard symbols to be used on PHL/PNE DOA projects
Symbols (future)
Page 223 of 367
4.0 Details (Future)
This section contains standard details to be used on PHL/PNE DOA projects.
Details (future)
Page 224 of 367
5.0 Appendix
Appendix
Page 225 of 367
Appendix A, Layering Guide

Description
The following tables show the standard layer names and descriptions that have been pre-approved by
the Division of Aviation
LAYER NAME
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
LINETYPE
Architecture
AAREA
Area Calculations and Occupancy Info.
green
continuous
AAREAIDEN
Tenant Identifications and Area Calculations
green
continuous
AAREAOCUP
Occupant or Employee Names
green
continuous
AAREAPATT
Area CrossHatching
continuous
ACLNG
Ceiling
red
continuous
ACLNGEQPM
Diffusers, Returns, etc
yellow
continuous
ACLNGFIXT
Light fixtures
yellow
continuous
ACLNGGRID
Ceiling Grid
red
continuous
ACLNGHEAD
Door and Window Headers (Shown on RCP)
cyan
continuous
ACLNGOPEN
Ceiling Penetrations
green
continuous
ACLNGPATT
Ceiling Patterns
continuous
ACLNGSUSP
Suspended Elements
yellow
continuous
ADETL
Details
varies
continuous
ADETLIDEN
Component Identification Numbers
green
continuous
ADETL XLIT
Elevations extralight lines
8/9
continuous
ADETL LITE
Elevations light lines
red
continuous
ADETL MEDM
Elevations medium lines
yellow/green
continuous
ADETL BOLD
Elevations bold lines
cyan
continuous
ADETL XBLD
Elevations extrabold lines
blue/magenta
continuous
ADETLMBND
Elevations Material Beyond
red
hidden
ADETLPATT
Textures and Hatch Patterns
8/9
continuous
ADOOR
Doors
yellow
continuous
ADOORFULL
Full Height (To Ceiling) Door: Switch and Leaf)
yellow
continuous
ADOORIDEN
Door Numbers Hardware Group Etc.
green
continuous
ADOORPRHT
Partial Ht. Door Swing and Leaf
red
continuous
AELEV
Elevations
varies
continuous
AELEV XLIT
8/9
continuous
Page 226 of 367
red
continuous
yellow/green
continuous
cyan
continuous
blue/magenta
continuous
AELEVMBND
red
hidden
AEQPM
Equipment
yellow
continuous
AFLOR
Floor
AFLORAREA
Area Delineations
varies
continuous
AFLORBOLL
Bollards
yellow
continuous
AFLORDRPT
Drainage Patterns
red
continuous
AFLORESCR
Escalators
Yellow
continuous
AFLOREVTR
Elevator Cars and Equipment
yellow
continuous
AFLORFDRN
Floor Drains
red
continuous
AFLORFIXT
Plumbing Fixtures
red
continuous
AFLORHRAL
Stair Balcony & Ramp Handrails & Guardrails
yellow
continuous
AFLORIDEN
Room Numbers and Names
green
continuous
AFLORLEVL
Level Changes Ramps Pits and Depressions
yellow
continuous
AFLORMLWK
Millwork
yellow
continuous
AFLORMBND
Material BeyondGeneral
red
hidden
AFLORNOTE
Notes
green
continuous
AFLOROPEN
Floor Penetrations
yellow
continuous
AFLOROTLN
Floor or Building Line
green
continuous
AFLOROVHD
Overhead Skylights & Overhangs
red
dashed
AFLORPATT
Paving Tile and Carpet Patterns
9, red
continuous
AFLORRAIS
Raised Floors
red
continuous
AFLORSEAT
Fixed Seating
red
continuous
AFLORSPCL
Architectural Specialties (Toilet Room Accessories)
red
continuous
AFLORSTRS
Stair Treads and Ladders
yellow
continuous
AFLORTPTN
Toilet Partitions
red
continuous
AFLORXPan
Expansion Joints
red
continuous
AFURN
Furniture
red
continuous
AFURNIDEN
Furniture Numbers
green
continuous
AFURNPATT
Finish Patterns
8/9
continuous
AGLAZ
Windows
red
continuous
AGLAZFRAM
Window Frames
AGLAZFULL
Full Ht. Glazed Walls and Partitions
AGLAZIDEN
Window Numbers
AELEVLITE
AELEVMEDM
AELEVBOLD
AELEVXBLD
red, yellow, green continuous

red
continuous
green
continuous
Page 227 of 367
8/9
continuous
yellow/green
continuous
Section Elevation & Detail Symbols
green
continuous
APARE
Area Calculations
varies
continuous
APCLG
Reflected Ceiling Plan
varies
continuous
APDEM
Demolition Plan
varies
continuous
APEQM
Equipment Plan
varies
continuous
APFLR
Floor Plan
varies
continuous
APLGS
Large Scale Floor Plan
varies
continuous
APMFN
Materials and Finish Plan
varies
continuous
APOCC
Occupancy Plan
varies
continuous
APROF
Roof Plan
varies
continuous
APXFU
Fixtures and Furniture Plan
varies
continuous
AROOF
Roof
AROOFDRLN
Roof Drainage Lines
red
continuous
AROOFHRAL
Stair Handrails Nosings and Guardrails
yellow
continuous
AROOFLEVL
Level Changes
yellow
continuous
AROOFMBND
Material Beyond
red
dashed
AROOFOTLN
Roof Outline
green
continuous
AROOFPATT
Roof Surface Patterns (Hatch)
8/9
continuous
AROOFPWAL
Parapet Wall
green
continuous
AROOFRDRN
Roof Drains
red
continuous
AROOFRPEN
Roof Penetrations Except Roof Drains
yellow
continuous
AROOFSTRS
Stair Treads and Ladders
yellow
continuous
AROOFWKWY
Roof Walkways
red
continuous
AROOFXPAN
Expansion Joints
red
continuous
ASCHD
Schedules
green
continuous
ASECT
Sections
varies
continuous
ASECTIDEN
Component Identification Numbers
green
continuous
ASECT XLIT
Sections extralight lines
8/9
continuous
ASECT LITE
Sections light lines
red
continuous
ASECT MEDM
Sections medium lines
yellow/green
continuous
ASECT BOLD
Sections bold lines
cyan
continuous
ASECT XBLD
Sections extrabold lines
blue/magenta
continuous
ASECTMBND
Sections Material Beyond
red
hidden
ASECTPATT
8/9
continuous
ASHBD
Sheet Border and Title Block Line Work
white
continuous
AGLAZPRHT
Partial Ht. Glazed Walls and Partitions
AGLAZSILL
Window Sills
ANOTESYMB
Page 228 of 367
ASHBDLOGO
Office or Project Logo
white
continuous
ASHBDTTLB
Project Title Block
white
continuous
ASHTT
Office or Project Logo
white
continuous
AWALL
Walls
AWALLFIRE
Rated firewall pattern
continuous
AWALLFULL
Full Ht. Walls Stair & Shaft Walls
cyan
continuous
AWALLJAMB
Door and Window Jambs (Not on RCP)
yellow
continuous
AWALLMOVE
Movable Partitions
yellow
continuous
AWALLNOTE
Parition Tags Fire Rating Symbols
green
continuous
AWALLPATT
Wall Insulation Hatching and Fill
red
continuous
AWALLPRHT
Partial Ht. Walls (Not on RCP)
green
continuous
Civil
CANNODIMS
Dimensions
green
continuous
CANNOLEGN
Legend
white
continuous
CANNONOTE
Notes
white
continuous
CANNONPLT
Construction Lines, Non Plotting Info.
white
hidden
CBLDG
Proposed Building Footprints
red
continuous
CBLDGDEMO
Footprints of Exist. Bldg. to be Demolished
cyan
dot2
CCOMM
Site Communication (Telephone Poles, Boxes, Towers)
magenta
continuous
CCOMMDEMO
Site Communications to be Demolished
magenta
dot2
CCOMMOVHD
Overhead Communication Lines
magenta
divide
CCOMMUNDR
Underground Communication Lines
magenta
center2
CCONTCIDE
Contours Index
white
continuous
CCONTCLAB
Contour Label
white
continuous
CCONTDEMO
Exist. Contour Lines and Elevations to be Changed
yellow
continuous
CCONTMAJR
Contours Major
blue
continuous
CCONTMINR
Contours Minor
magenta
continuous
CCONTSPOT
Spot Elevations
white
continuous
CDETL
Details
varies
continuous
CDETLIDEN
Identification Numbers
white
continuous
CDETLMBND
Material Beyond Section Cut
red
hidden
CDETLMCUT
Material Cut by Section
green
continuous
CDETLPATT
8/9
continuous
CECTR
Site Electrical SubStations, Transformers
green
continuous
CECTRDEMO
Site Electrical to be Demolished
green
dot2
Page 229 of 367
CECTRLITE
Site Lighting
green
phantomx2
CECTROVHD
Overhead Lines
green
divide
CECTRPOLE
Electrical Poles
green
continuous
CECTRPOWR
Site Power
green
continuous
CECTRUNDR
Underground Electrical Lines
green
phantom2
CELEV
Elevations
varies
continuous
CELEVIDEN
white
continuous
CELEVOTLN
Building Outlines
red
continuous
CELEVPATT
8/9
continuous
CFENC
Fence
magenta
fenceline1
CFENCDEMO
Fence to be Demolished
magenta
dot2
CNGAS
Natural Gas Manholes, Meters, and Storage Tanks
cyan
continuous
CNGASDEMO
Natural Gas to be Demolished
cyan
dot2
CNGASNGUN
Natural Gas (Underground Lines)
cyan
gas_line
CPKNG
Parking Lots
blue
continuous
CPKNGCARS
Graphic Illustrations of Cars
yellow
continuous
CPKNGCURB
Parking Lot Curb
blue
continuous
CPKNGDEMO
Existing Parking Lots to be Demolished
blue
dot2
CPKNGSTRP
Parking Lot Striping and Handicapped Symb.
magenta
continuous
CPROFPGRD
Profile Grade Line
green
dashed2
CPROFUTIL
Utility
varies
varies
CPROP
Property Lines and Survey Benchmarks
red
phantom2
CPROPBRNG
Bearings and Distance Labels
white
continuous
CPROPCONS
Construction Controls
white
continuous
CPROPESMT
Easements, R.O.W. and Setback Lines
8/9
phantomx2
CROAD
Roads
red
continuous
CROADCNTR
Center Lines
red
center
CROADCURB
Curbs
red
continuous
CROADDEMO
Existing Road to be Demolished
red
dot2
CROADDRIV
Drives
red
continuous
CROADEPAV
Edge of Pavement
red
continuous
CROADRROD
Rail Road
blue
tracks
CROADSWlK
Side Walks
blue
continuous
CSCHD
Schedules and Title Block Sheets
white
continuous
CSECT
Sections
varies
continuous
CSECTIDEN
white
continuous
CSECTMBND
red
hidden
Page 230 of 367
green
continuous
8/9
continuous
white
continuous
CSHBDLOGO
Project or Office Logo
varies
continuous
CSHBDNAME
Sheet Name and Number
white
continuous
CSHBDNPLT
Nonplot Information and Construction Lines
white
hidden
CSHBDTTLB
Project Title Block and Project Name
white
continuous
CSSEW
Sanitary Sewer (Manholes, Pumping Stations)
magenta
continuous
CSSEWDEMO
Sanitary Sewer to be Demolished
magenta
dot2
CSSEWUNDR
Sanitary Sewer (Underground Lines)
magenta
dashed
CSTRM
Storm Drainage Catch basin and Manholes
blue
continuous
CSTRMDEMO
Storm Drainage to be Demolished
blue
dot2
CSTRMUNDR
Storm Drainage Pipe (Underground)
blue
dashed2
CSURVCODE
Code Descriptor
white
continuous
CSURVDATA
Survey Data
white
continuous
CSURVELEV
Elevation
white
continuous
CSURVPNUM
Point Number
white
continuous
CTOPO
Topography
8/9
continuous
CTOPOBORE
Test Borings
green
continuous
CTOPORTWL
Retaining Wall
red
continuous
CTOPOTOTO
Embankment
cyan
continuous
CTOPOTREE
Trees
green
continuous
CTOPOWCRS
River Streams Water and Ditches
cyan
continuous
CTRAF
Traffic Signal Poles, Control Boxes, Etc.
yellow
continuous
CTRAFDEMO
Traffic Signal Items to be Demolished
yellow
dot2
CTRAFUNDG
Traffic Signal Underground Lines
yellow
border2
CWATR
Water (Manholes, Pump Stations,Stor Tanks
green
continuous
CWATRDEMO
Water to be Demolished
green
dot2
CWATRUNDG
Water (Underground Lines)
green
center2
CSECTMCUT
CSECTPATT
CSHBD
Electrical
E1LIN
1 Line Diagram
red
continuous
E1LIN
1 Line Diagram
red
continuous
E1LIN25HL
1 Line Highlight 25% Gray (USE WIDE POLYLINE)
8/9
continuous
E1LIN50HL
8/9
continuous
E1LIN75HL
8/9
continuous
Page 231 of 367
E1LINENCL
Enclosure
blue
continuous
E1LINEQPM
Equipment
red
continuous
E1LINIDEN
Identification
white
continuous
E1LINMBUS
Main Bus
red
continuous
E1LINNOTE
Notes and Call Outs
white
continuous
E1LINWIRE
Wire
magenta
continuous
EALRM
Miscellaneous Alarm Systems
yellow
continuous
EAUXL
Auxiliary System
cyan
continuous
EAUXLEQPM
Equipment Layout
cyan
continuous
EAUXLIDEN
Identification
white
continuous
EBELL
Bell System
green
continuous
ECCTV
Closed Circuit TV
red
continuous
ECLOK
Clock System
blue
continuous
ECOMM
Telephone and Communication Systems
magenta
continuous
ECOMMCDUT
Communication Conduit
magenta
continuous
ECOMMCLNG
Ceiling
magenta
continuous
ECOMMCTRY
Communication Cable Trays
magenta
continuous
ECOMMDIMS
Dimensions
white
continuous
ECOMMEQPM
Equipment
magenta
continuous
ECOMMFLOR
Floor Mounted Equipment
magenta
continuous
ECOMMIDEN
Identification
white
continuous
ECOMMNOTE
Notes and Call Outs
white
continuous
ECOMMSITE
Site
varies
continuous
ECOMMUNGR
Underground Duct
magenta
phantom
ECOMMWALL
Wall Mounted Equipment
magenta
continuous
ECOMMWWAY
Wire Way
magenta
continuous
ECTRL
Electrical Control Systems
blue
continuous
ECTRLDEVC
Control System Devices
blue
continuous
ECTRLWIRE
Control System Wiring
blue
continuous
EDATA
Data Systems
red
continuous
EDETL
Details
varies
continuous
EDETLCTLN
Center Line
red
center
EDETLDIMS
Dimensions
white
continuous
EDETLEQPM
Equipment
green
continuous
EDETLIDEN
white
continuous
EDETLMABO
Material Above Section Cut
cyan
phantom
EDETLMBND
red
hidden
Page 232 of 367
green
continuous
8/9
continuous
cyan
continuous
red
continuous
white
continuous
Building Outlines
red
continuous
EELEVPATT
8/9
continuous
EFIRE
Fire Alarm Systems
red
continuous
EFIREEQPM
Fire Alarm Pull Stations & Visual Alarms
red
continuous
EGRND
Ground Systems
green
continuous
EGRNDCIRC
Ground Systems Circuits
green
continuous
EGRNDDIAG
Ground System Diagram
green
continuous
EGRNDEQUI
Equipment Ground System
green
continuous
EGRNDREFR
Reference Ground System
green
continuous
EINTC
Intercom Systems
blue
continuous
ELEGN
Legend of Symbols
varies
varies
ELITE
Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITEAREA
Area
green
continuous
ELITECDUT
Conduit
cyan
dashdot2
ELITECIRC
Lighting Circuits
cyan
continuous
ELITECLNG
Ceiling Mounted Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITEEMER
Emergency Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITEEXIT
Exit Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITEFLOR
FloorMounted Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITEIDEN
Luminar Identification and Text
white
continuous
ELITENUMB
Lighting Circuit Numbers
white
continuous
ELITEOTLN
Lighting Outline For Background (Optional)
ELITEPATT
Patterns
8/9
continuous
ELITEROOF
Roof Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITESITE
Site Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITESPCL
Special Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITESWCH
Lighting Switches
cyan
continuous
ELITEWALL
Wall Mounted Lighting
cyan
continuous
ELITEWIRE
Wires
cyan
divide2
ELTNG
Lightning Protection System
blue
continuous
ENURS
Nurse Call Systems
magenta
continuous
EPAUX
Auxiliary Systems Plan
blue
continuous
EDETLMCUT
EDETLPATT
EDICT
Central Dictation System
EELEV
Elevations
EELEVIDEN
Identification
EELEVOTLN
Page 233 of 367
magenta
continuous
Auxiliary Systems Plan
blue
continuous
EPGNGEQPM
Equipment
blue
continuous
EPGNGIDEN
Identification
white
continuous
EPGNGNOTE
Notes and Call Outs
white
continuous
EPLIT
Lighting Plan
cyan
continuous
EPOWR
Power
red
continuous
EPOWRBDUC
Busduct
red
continuous
EPOWRBUSW
Busway
red
continuous
EPOWRCABL
Cable Tray
red
continuous
EPOWRCDUT
Conduit
red
continuous
EPOWRCIRC
Power Circuit
red
continuous
EPOWRCLGN
Power Ceiling Receptacles and Devices
red
continuous
EPOWREQPM
Panel
red
continuous
EPOWREQPM
Power Equipment
red
continuous
EPOWRFEED
Feeders
red
continuous
EPOWRFLOR
Floor
red
continuous
EPOWRFUTU
Future Equipment
red
continuous
EPOWRHKPA
House Keeping Equipment Pad
green
continuous
EPOWRIDEN
Power Identification and Text
white
continuous
EPOWRNOTE
Notes
white
continuous
EPOWRNUMB
Power Circuit Numbers
white
continuous
EPOWROTLN
Power Outline for Backgrounds
red
hidden
EPOWRPANL
Power Panels
red
continuous
EPOWRPATT
Hatch patterns
8/9
continuous
EPOWRROOF
Roof Power
red
continuous
EPOWRSITE
Site Power
red
continuous
EPOWRSWBD
Power Switchboards
red
continuous
EPOWRUCPT
Under Carpet Wiring
red
hidden
EPOWRUNGR
Underground Duct
red
phantom
EPOWRURAC
Under Floor Raceways
red
phantom2
EPOWRWALL
Power Wall Outlets and Receptacles
red
continuous
EPOWRWIRE
Wires
red
divide
EPPOW
Power Plan
red
continuous
EPROF
Electrical Roof Plan
red
continuous
ERISR
Schematic & Riser Diagrams
varies
continuous
ESCHD
white
continuous
EPCOM
Communications Systems Plan
EPGNG
Page 234 of 367
ESECT
Sections
varies
continuous
ESECTIDEN
white
continuous
ESECTMBND
red
hidden
ESECTMCUT
green
continuous
ESECTPATT
8/9
continuous
ESERT
Security Systems
green
continuous
ESERTEQPM
Equipment
green
continuous
ESERTIDEN
Identification
white
continuous
ESERTNOTE
Notes and Call Outs
white
continuous
ESHBD
white
continuous
ESHBDLOGO
varies
continuous
ESHBDTTLB
white
continuous
ESOUN
Sound or PA Systems
cyan
continuous
ETVAN
TV Antenna Systems
magenta
continuous
Fire Protection
FCO2S
CO2 System
red
continuous
FCO2SEQPM
CO2 Equipment
red
continuous
FCO2SPIPE
CO2 Sprinkler Piping
red
center2
FDETL
Details
varies
continuous
FDETLIDEN
white
continuous
FDETLMBND
red
hidden
FDETLMCUT
green
continuous
FDETLPATT
Textures and Hatch Pattern
8/9
continuous
FELEV
Elevations
varies
continuous
FELEVIDEN
white
continuous
FELEVOTLN
Building Outlines
red
continuous
FELEVPATT
8/9
continuous
FHALN
Halon
blue
continuous
FHALNEQPM
Halon Equipment
blue
continuous
FHALNPIPE
Halon Piping
blue
dashdot
FPFPE
Fire Protection Equipment Plan
green
continuous
FPROT
Fire Protection Systems
green
continuous
FPROTALRM
Fire Alarm
magenta
continuous
FPROTEQPM
Fire System Equip. (Fire Hose Cabinet Exting.)
magenta
continuous
FPROTSMOK
Smoke Detectors or Heat Sensors
magenta
continuous
Page 235 of 367
FPROTSNOT
Fire System Notes
white
continuous
FPROTSYST
Fire System Area
magenta
continuous
FPSPR
Sprinkler Plan
green
continuous
FRISR
Sprinkler Riser Diagram
green
continuous
FSCHD
white
continuous
FSCHDBITX
File Name & Path
white
continuous
FSCHDBTXT
Schedule Title
white
continuous
FSCHDITXT
Existing Equipment
white
continuous
FSCHDNTXT
Standard Information
white
continuous
FSECT
Sections
varies
continuous
FSECTIDEN
white
continuous
FSECTMBND
red
hidden
FSECTMCUT
green
continuous
FSECTPATT
8/9
continuous
FSHBD
white
continuous
FSHBDLOGO
varies
continuous
FSHBDTTLB
white
continuous
FSPRN
Fire Protection Sprinkler System
green
continuous
FSPRNBRAN
Sprinkler Head (Branches)
green
continuous
FSPRNCLHD
Sprinkler Head (Ceiling)
green
continuous
FSPRNEQPM
Piping Mains Equipment
green
continuous
FSPRNOTHD
Sprinkler Head (Other)
green
continuous
FSPRNPDEQ
Fire Equipment Maint. Pad
magenta
continuous
FSPRNPIPE
Sprinkler Piping (Mains)
green
continuous
FSTAN
Fire Protection Standpipe System
green
continuous
Landscape
LDETL
Details
LDETLIDEN
green
continuous
LDETLMBND
red
hidden
LDETLMCUT
cyan
continuous
LDETLPATT
8/9
continuous
LELEV
Elevations
varies
continuous
LELEVIDEN
green
continuous
LELEV XLIT
8/9
continuous
LELEVLITE
red
continuous
Page 236 of 367
yellow/green
continuous
cyan
continuous
blue/magenta
continuous
LELEVMBND
red
hidden
LELEVPATT
8/9
continuous
LIRRG
Irrigation System
varies
continuous
LIRRGCOVR
Irrigation Coverage
red
continuous
LIRRGEQPM
Irrigation Equipment
yellow
continuous
LIRRGPIPE
Irrigation Piping
green
continuous
LIRRGSPKL
Irrigation Sprinklers
green
continuous
LPIRR
Irrigation Drawing
LPLNT
Plants and Landscape Materials
red
continuous
LPLNTBEDS
Rock, Bark, and Other Landscaping Beds
8/9
continuous
LPLNTGRND
Ground Covers and Vines
8/9
continuous
LPLNTTREE
New Trees
yellow
continuous
LPLNTTURF
Lawn Areas
8/9
continuous
LPLNTTXST
Existing Trees to Remain
yellow
continuous
LPPLA
Planting Drawing
varies
continuous
LPSIT
Site Plan
varies
continuous
LPWLK
Walks and Paving Plan
varies
continuous
LSCHD
Schedules
green
continuous
LSECT
Sections
varies
continuous
LSECT XLIT
8/9
continuous
L SECTLITE
red
continuous
L SECTMEDM
yellow/green
continuous
L SECTBOLD
Sections bold lines
cyan
continuous
L SECTXBLD
blue/magenta
continuous
L SECTMBND
red
hidden
LSECTIDEN
green
continuous
LSECTPATT
8/9
continuous
LSHBD
Sheet Border and Title Block Linework
white
continuous
LSHBDLOGO
white
continuous
LSHBDTTLB
white
continuous
LSITE
Site Improvements
varies
continuous
LSITEBRID
Bridges
yellow
continuous
LSITEDECK
Decks
yellow
continuous
LSITEFENC
Fencing
green
continuous
LELEVMEDM
LELEVBOLD
LELEVXBLD
Page 237 of 367
LSITEFURN
Site Furnishings
yellow
continuous
LSITEPLAY
Play Structures
yellow
continuous
LSITESTEP
Steps
red
continuous
LSITEWALL
Walls
cyan
continuous
LWALK
Walks and Steps
red
continuous
LWALKPATT
Walks and Steps Hatch Patterns
8/9
continuous
Mechanical
MAHUN
Air Handling Units
green
continuous
MAHUNCPUL
AHU Coil Pull
green
continuous
MAHUNOPEN
Air Hand. Unit S. & R. Opening
green
continuous
MBHEA
Baseboard Heater
red
continuous
MBRIN
Brine Systems
blue
continuous
MBRINEQPM
Brine Equipment
blue
continuous
MBRINPIPE
Brine System Piping
blue
dot2
MCHIM
Prefabricated Chimneys
yellow
continuous
MCMPA
Compressed Air Systems
magenta
continuous
MCMPACEQP
Compressed Air Equipment
magenta
continuous
MCMPACPIP
Compressed Air Piping
magenta
phantom2
MCMPAIDEN
Compressed Air Piping Identification
magenta
continuous
MCMPAPEQP
Process Air Equipment
magenta
continuous
MCMPAPPIP
Process Air Piping
magenta
center2
MCONT
Control Systems
red
continuous
MCONTDPER
Dampers
red
continuous
MCONTTHER
Thermostats
red
continuous
MCONTWIRE
Low Voltage Wiring
red
hidden2
MCWTR
Chilled Water Systems
cyan
continuous
MCWTREQPM
Chilled Water Equipment
cyan
continuous
MCWTRIDEN
Chilled Water Piping Identification
white
continuous
MCWTRPIPE
Chilled Water Piping
cyan
continuous
MCWTRWRET
Chilled Water Return Piping
cyan
dashed2
MCWTRWSUP
Chilled Water Supply Piping
cyan
centerx2
MDETL
Details
varies
continuous
MDETLDIMS
Details Dimensions
white
continuous
MDETLDTIT
Titles
white
continuous
MDETLIDEN
white
continuous
Page 238 of 367
red
hidden
cyan
continuous
8/9
continuous
Dust and Fume Systems
green
continuous
MDUSTDUCT
Dust and Fume Ductwork
green
continuous
MDUSTEQPM
Dust Equipment
green
continuous
MEFAN
Exhaust Fan
green
continuous
MELEV
Elevations
varies
continuous
MELEVIDEN
white
continuous
MELEVOTLN
Building Outlines
red
continuous
MELEVPATT
8/9
continuous
MELHT
Electrical Heat Equipment Systems
red
continuous
MELHTEQPM
Electrical Heat Operated Equipment
red
continuous
MENER
Energy Management Systems
red
continuous
MENEREQPM
Energy Equipment
red
continuous
MENERWIRE
Energy Equipment Wire
red
border2
MEQPM
HVAC Equipment (Catch AllAlt)
red
continuous
MEXHS
Exhaust Systems
red
continuous
MEXHSDUCT
Dust Exhaust
red
continuous
MEXHSEQPM
Exhaust Equipment
red
continuous
MEXHSRFEQ
Rooftop Exhaust Equipment
red
continuous
MFGAS
Fuel Gas Processing
cyan
continuous
MFGASEQPM
Fuel Gas Equipment
cyan
continuous
MFGASIDEN
Fuel Gas Processing Piping Identifier
cyan
continuous
MFGASPIPE
Fuel Gas Piping
cyan
phantom
MFOIL
Fuel Oil System Piping
green
continuous
MFOILEQPM
Fuel Oil Piping Equipment
green
continuous
MFOILIDEN
Fuel Oil System Piping Identifier
green
continuous
MFOILPIPE
Fuel Oil Piping
green
border
MFUEL
Fuel Systems
varies
continuous
MFUELEQPM
Equipment
varies
continuous
MFUELGGEP
Fuel Gas General Piping
cyan
phantom
MFUELGPRP
Fuel Gas Process Piping
cyan
continuous
MFUELOGEP
Fuel Oil General Piping
green
border
MFUELOPRP
Fuel Oil Process Piping
green
continuous
MHOTW
Hot Water Heating Systems
magenta
continuous
MHOTWEQPM
Hot Water Equipment
magenta
continuous
MDETLMBND
MDETLMCUT
MDETLPATT
MDUST
Page 239 of 367
white
continuous
Hot Water Pipe
magenta
continuous
MHOTWWRET
Return Piping
magenta
dashed2
MHOTWWSUP
Supply Piping
magenta
centerx2
MHVAC
HVAC System
varies
continuous
MHVACARRO
Air Flow Arrows
white
continuous
MHVACCDFF
HVAC Ceiling Diffusers
blue
continuous
MHVACDEXH
HVAC Duct Exhaust
blue
continuous
MHVACDGRL
Door Grill
blue
continuous
MHVACDRET
HVAC Duct Return
blue
hidden2
MHVACDSUP
HVAC Duct Supply
blue
dashdot2
MHVACDUCT
HVAC Duct Work
blue
continuous
MHVACEQPM
HVAC Equipment
blue
continuous
MHVACFGRL
Floor Grill
blue
continuous
MHVACIDEN
Identification
white
continuous
MHVACNOTE
Plan Note
white
continuous
MHVACODFF
HVAC Other Diffuser
blue
continuous
MHVACWGRL
Wall Grill
blue
continuous
MHXCH
Heat Exchangers
red
continuous
MMACH
Machine Shop Equipment
cyan
continuous
MMDGS
Medical Gas Systems
red
continuous
MMDGSEQPM
Medical Gas Equipment
red
continuous
MMDGSIDEN
Medical Gas Piping Identification
white
continuous
MMDGSPIPE
Medical Gas Piping
red
divide
MNGAS
Natural Gas Systems
green
continuous
MNGASEQPM
Natural Gas Equipment
green
continuous
MNGASIDEN
Natural Gas Piping Identification
white
continuous
MNGASPIPE
Natural Gas Piping
green
dot2
MPDEQ
Equipment Pad
magenta
continuous
MPMED
Process Piping Plan
magenta
continuous
MPROC
Process Systems
magenta
continuous
MPROCEQPM
Process Equipment
magenta
continuous
MPROCPIPE
Process Piping
magenta
continuous
MPUMP
Pumps
red
continuous
MREFG
Refrigeration Systems
red
continuous
MREFGEQPM
Refrigeration Equipment
red
continuous
MREFGPIPE
Refrigeration Piping
red
dot2
MHOTWIDEN
Hot Water Piping Identifier
MHOTWPIPE
Page 240 of 367
red
continuous
Roof Top Equipment (use MEQ 1st)
yellow
continuous
MSCHD
white
continuous
MSCHDBITX
Bold Italic Text (File Name)
white
continuous
MSCHDBTXT
Bold Text (Titles)
white
continuous
MSCHDITXT
Italic Text (Existing Information)
white
continuous
MSCHDNTXT
Normal Text (Standard)
white
continuous
MSCHDPATT
Half Tone for Color & Insertion
white
continuous
MSECT
Sections
varies
continuous
MSECTDTXT
Section Dwg Title
white
continuous
MSECTIDEN
white
continuous
MSECTMBND
red
hidden
MSECTMCUT
cyan
continuous
MSPCL
Special Systems
green
continuous
MSPCLEQPM
Special Systems Equipment
green
continuous
MSPCLPIPE
Special Systems Piping
green
border2
MSTEM
Steam Systems
cyan
continuous
MSTEMCONP
Steam Systems Condensate Piping
cyan
divide2
MSTEMCRET
Steam Condensate Return Piping
cyan
border2
MSTEMEQPM
Steam Systems Equipment
cyan
continuous
MSTEMHPIP
High Pressure Steam Piping
cyan
dashdot2
MSTEMIDEN
Steam Piping Identification
white
continuous
MSTEMLPIP
Low Pressure Steam Piping
cyan
dot
MSTEMPIPE
Mech Steam Piping (Use as Alternate)
cyan
continuous
MSTEMVTPI
Steam Condensate Vent Piping
cyan
continuous
MTEST
Test Equipment
blue
continuous
MUHTR
Unit Heater
red
continuous
MVVAV
VAV Box w/out Reheat
red
continuous
Plumbing
PACID
Acid, Alkaline, and Oil Waste Systems
green
continuous
PACIDAGRG
Acid Waste Aboveground
green
continuous
PACIDAUND
Acid Waste Underground
green
phantom
PACIDEQPM
Acid Waste Equipment
green
continuous
PACIDFDRA
Acid Waste Flood Drain
green
continuous
PACIDFITT
Garage Waste U/G Fittings
green
continuous
MRHCO
Reheat Coil
MRTOP
Page 241 of 367
PACIDPIPE
Acid, Alkaline and Oil Waste Piping
green
hidden2
PACIDPUND
Acid Waste Piping Under Ground
green
phantom
PDETL
Details
varies
continuous
PDETLMBND
red
hidden
PDETLMCUT
green
continuous
PDETLPATT
8/9
continuous
PDETLSC
Det. Show @ Diff. Scale
varies
continuous
PDOMW
Domestic Hot and Cold Water Systems
cyan
continuous
PDOMWCSUP
Domestic Cold Water Supply
cyan
center2
PDOMWEQPM
Domestic Hot and Cold Water Equipment
cyan
continuous
PDOMWHRET
Domestic Hot Water Return
cyan
dashdot
PDOMWHSUP
Domestic Hot Water Supply
cyan
phantom2
PDOMWMN
Domestic Hot and Cold Water Main
cyan
continuous
PDOMWPIPE
Domestic Hot and Cold Water Piping
cyan
continuous
PDOMWRISR
Domestic Hot and Cold Water Riser
cyan
continuous
PDOMWRRET
Reverse Osmosis Water Return
cyan
divide2
PDOMWRSUP
Reverse Osmosis Water Supply
cyan
phantom2
PELEV
Elevations
varies
continuous
PELEVIDEN
white
continuous
PELEVOTLN
Building Outline
red
continuous
PELEVPATT
8/9
continuous
PEQPM
Plumbing Miscellaneous Equipment
blue
continuous
PFIXT
Plumbing Fixtures
magenta
continuous
PPDRA
Storm Drainage
blue
continuous
PPPLM
Plumbing Plan
varies
continuous
PPSAN
Sanitary Drainage Plan
varies
continuous
PRISR
Plumbing Riser Diagram
magenta
continuous
PSANR
Sanitary Drainage
red
continuous
PSANRDRAN
Sanitary Drain Plan
red
continuous
PSANREQPM
Sanitary Waste Equipment
red
continuous
PSANRFIXT
Plumbing Fixtures
red
continuous
PSANRFLDR
Floor Drains
red
continuous
PSANRIDEN
Sanitary Identifier
white
continuous
PSANRPIPE
Sanitary Piping
red
phantom2
PSANRRISR
Sanitary Riser
red
continuous
PSANRUFLR
Sanitary Drainage Piping Under Floor
red
dashed
PSANRVPIP
Sanitary Vent Piping
green
hidden
Page 242 of 367
PSCHD
white
continuous
PSCHDBITX
File Name & Path
white
continuous
PSCHDBTXT
Schedule Title
white
continuous
PSCHDITXT
Existing Equipment
white
continuous
PSCHDNTXT
File Name & Path
white
continuous
PSECT
Section
varies
continuous
PSECTIDEN
white
continuous
PSECTMBND
red
hidden
PSECTMCUT
green
continuous
PSECTPATT
8/9
continuous
PSHBD
white
continuous
PSHBDLOGO
Project or Office Logo Plumbing Plan
varies
continuous
PSHBDTTLB
white
continuous
PSTRM
Storm Drainage System
blue
continuous
PSTRMAGRD
Storm Drainage Aboveground
blue
continuous
PSTRMEQPM
Storm Water Equipment
blue
continuous
PSTRMIDEN
Storm Drainage Piping A/G Identifier
white
continuous
PSTRMIDEN
Identifier
white
continuous
PSTRMPIPE
Storm Drain Pipe
blue
center2
PSTRMRFDR
Roof Drains
blue
continuous
PSTRMRISR
Storm Drain Riser
blue
continuous
PSTRMUGRD
Storm Drainage Under Ground
blue
phantom
PSWAT
Softened Water
green
continuous
PSWATCSUP
Softened Cold Water Supply
green
continuous
PSWATEQPM
Softened Water Equipment
green
continuous
PSWATHRET
Softened Hot Water Return
green
dashed2
PSWATHSUP
Softened Hot Water Supply
green
centerx2
Structural
SABLT
Anchor Bolts
red
continuous
SCOLS
Column
cyan
continuous
SCOLSBUBL
Column Bubbles
yellow
continuous
SCOLSGRID
Column Grid
red
centerline
SDETL
Details
varies
varies
SDETLIDEN
green
continuous
SDETL XLIT
Details extralight lines
8/9
continuous
Page 243 of 367
red
continuous
yellow/green
continuous
cyan
continuous
Details extrabold lines
blue/magenta
continuous
SDETLMBND
Details Material Beyond
red
hidden
SDETLPATT
8/9
continuous
SELEV
Elevations
varies
continuous
SELEVIDEN
green
continuous
SELEV XLIT
8/9
continuous
SELEVLITE
red
continuous
SELEVMEDM
yellow/green
continuous
SELEVBOLD
cyan
continuous
SELEVXBLD
blue/magenta
continuous
SELEVMBND
red
hidden
SELEVPATT
8/9
continuous
SFNDN
Foundation
yellow
dashed
SFNDNPILE
Piles and Drilled Piers
yellow
dashed
SFNDNRBAR
Foundation Reinforcing
red
dashed
SFRAM
Framing Plan (Beams, Joist)
green
continuous
SFRAMBEAM
Beams
green
continuous
SFRAMDECK
Structural Floor Deck
red
continuous
SFRAMJOIS
Joists
green
continuous
SGRID
Column Grid
red
centerline
SGRIDDIMS
Column Grid Dimensions
green
continuous
SGRIDEXTR
Column Grid Outside Building
red
centerline
SGRIDIDEN
Column Grid Tags
yellow
continuous
SGRIDINTR
Column Grid Inside Building
red
centerline
SMETL
Miscellaneous Metal
yellow
continuous
SPCOL
Column Plan
varies
continuous
SPFND
Foundation Plan
varies
continuous
SPSFR
Structural Framing Plan
varies
continuous
SSCHD
Schedules
green
continuous
SSECT
Sections
varies
contnuous
SSECT XLIT
8/9
continuous
SSECTLITE
red
continuous
SSECTMEDM
yellow/green
continuous
SSECTBOLD
Sections bold lines
cyan
continuous
SDETLLITE
Details light lines
SDETLMEDM
Details medium lines
SDETLBOLD
Details bold lines
SDETLXBLD
Page 244 of 367
SSECTXBLD
blue/magenta
continuous
SSECTMBND
red
dashed
SSHBD
white
continuous
SSHBDLOGO
white
continuous
SSHBDTTLB
white
continuous
SSLAB
Slab
green
continuous
SSLABEDGE
Edge of Slab
green
continuous
SSLABJOIN
Slab Reinforcing
red
dashed
SSLABRBAR
Slab Reinforcing
red
dashed
SWALL
Structural Bearing or Shear Walls
yellow
continuous
Page 245 of 367
Appendix B, Series Designators

Discipline/Subject Numbering Breakdown and Drawing Set
Organization
Note: When a series is not needed for a project the series number can be bumped up the
list.
General Drawings
G0.0 Cover Sheet
G1.series Drawing Index
G2.series Plot/Vicinity Locations, Haul Routes, Contractor Staging Area
G3.series Construction Phasing Plans
G4.series Building Code Analysis and Egress Analysis
Civil Drawings
C0.series General Notes, Abbreviations, and Symbols, Survey Controls
C1.series Sitework/Grading Plans/Profiles/Stormwater Pollution Control Plans
C2.series Demolition Plans
C3.series Pavement Sections
C4.series Typical Details, Drainage Details
C5.series Utility Plans
C6.series Utility Profiles/Sections
C7.series Utility Details
C8.series Boring Plans/Logs
C9.series Geotechnical
Landscape Drawings
L0.series General Notes, Abbreviations, and Symbols
L1.series Landscape/Planting Plans
L2.series Plant Removal Plans
L3.series Landscape Sections
L4.series Typical Details, Drainage Details
L5.series Plant Schedules
L6.series Irrigation Plans
L7.series Irrigation Details
Architectural Drawings
A0.series Index, Symbols, Abbreviations, Notes, Location Map
A1.series Demolition, Site Plan, Temporary Work
A2.series Floor Plans, Room Material Schedule, Door Schedule, Key Drawings
A3.series Sections, Exterior Elevations
A4.series Detailed Floor Plans
A5.series Interior Elevations
Page 246 of 367
A6.series Reflected Ceiling Plans

A7.series Vertical Circulation, Stairs, Elevators, Escalators
A8.series Exterior Details
A9.series Interior Details
Fixtures, Furnishings and Equipment
FF&E0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
FF&E1.series Plans, Work Outside of Building
FF&E2.series Floor Plans
FF&E3.series Detail Plans
FF&E4.series Details
FF&E5.series FF&E Schedules
FF&E6.series User Defined
Structural Drawings
S0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
S1.series Foundation Plans
S2.series Framing Plans
S3.series Typical Details- Sections
S4.series Foundation, Wall Details
S5.series Schedules
S6.series Sections-Details
S7.series Stairs-Misc. Details
S8.series Special Items (Pedestrian Bridge, Tunnel, etc.)
Mechanical Drawings
M0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
M1.series Site/Roof Plan
M2.series Floor Plans
M3.series Sections
M4.series Flow/Riser Diagrams
M5.series Control Diagrams
M6.series User Defined
M7.series User Defined
M8.series Details
M9.series Equipment Schedules
M10.series Building Automation and Controls
M11.series Instrument Loop Diagrams
M12.series Process Drawings
Plumbing Drawings
P0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
P1.series Site Plan
P2.series Floor Plans
Page 247 of 367
P3.series Riser Diagrams

P4.series User Defined
P5.series Details
Fire Protection Drawings
FP0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
FP1.series Site Plan
FP2.series Floor Plans
FP3.series Riser Diagrams
FP4.series Piping Flow Diagrams
FP5.series Details
FP6.series Fire Protection Coverage Zones
Electrical Drawings
E0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
E1.series Site Plan
E2.series Lighting Plan
E3.series Power Plans
E4.series Grounding Plans
E5.series Single-Line Diagrams
E6.series Fixture/Panel Schedules
E7.series Details
E8.series Electrical System Controls
Fire Alarm System Drawings
FA0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
FA1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
FA2.series Floor Plans
FA3.series Riser and Single-Line Diagrams
FA4.series Details
FA5.series Device Schedules
FA6.series Alarm Panel SchedulesFA7.series Fire Alarm Zone Diagrams
FA8.series User Defined
FA9.series User Defined
Telecommunications/Cable TV Drawings
T0.series Drawing Index
T1 series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
T2.series Site/Systems Floor Plans
T3.series Conduit Riser Diagrams
T4.series Single Line Diagrams
T5.series Cable and Equipment Installation Schedules
Special Systems Drawings
Security and Access Control System
SS0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
SS1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
SS2.series Floor Plans
Page 248 of 367
SS3.series Riser and Single-line Diagrams

SS4.series Details
SS5.series Device Schedules
SS6.series Panel Schedules
SS7.series Wiring Identification Schedules
SS8.series User Defined
SS9.series User Defined
MUFIDS and BIDS System
MU0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
MU1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
MU2.series Floor Plans
MU3.series Riser and Single-line Diagrams
MU4.series Details
MU5.series Device Schedules
MU6.series Panel Schedules
MU7.series Wiring Identification Schedules
MU8.series User Defined
MU9.series User Defined
MUSE/Airline Information Systems
MS0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
MS1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
MS2.series Floor Plans
MS3.series Riser and Single-line Diagrams
MS4.series Details
MS5.series Device Schedules
MS6.series Panel Schedules
MS7.series Wiring Identification Schedules
MS8.series User Defined
MS9.series User Defined
Master Clock System
MC0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
MC1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
MC2.series Floor Plans
MC3.series Riser and Single-line Diagrams
MC4.series Details
MC5.series Device Schedules
MC6.series Panel Schedules
MC7.series Wiring Identification Schedules
MC8.series User Defined
MC9.series User Defined
Baggage Handling System
B0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
B1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
B2.series Floor/Conveyor Plans
Page 249 of 367
B3.series Sections
B4.series Detail Plans and Sections and Details
B5.series Device Subsystem Layouts
B6.series Device Schedules
B7.series Controls Details
B8.series Control Panel Schedules
B9.series User Defined
Speciality Casework and Equipment
CW0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
CW1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
CW2.series Floor Plans
CW3.series Details Casework Plans and Elevations
CW4.series Details
CW5.series Finish Schedules
CW6.series Device Schedules
CW7.series Electrical Device Schedules
CW8.series Riser and Single-line Diagrams for Stub-Ups
CW9.series User Defined
Public Address System
PA0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
PA1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
PA2.series Floor Plans
PA3.series Riser and Single-line Diagrams
PA4.series Details
PA5.series Device Schedules
PA6.series Panel Schedules
PA7.series Wiring Identification Schedules
PA8.series User Defined
PA9.series User Defined
Wireless Systems
W0.series General Notes, Abbreviations and Symbols
W1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
W2.series Floor Plans
W3.series Riser and Single-line Diagrams
W4.series Details
W5.series Device Schedules
W6.series Panel Schedules
W7.series Wiring Identification Schedules
W8.series User Defined
W9.series User Defined
Graphics and Signage Systems
GR0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
GR1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
GR2.series Floor Plans
Page 250 of 367
GR3.series Detailed Sign Face Message Layouts

GR4.series Details
GR5.series Sign Message Schedules
GR6.series Sign Type Details/Substrate Schedules
GR7.series Sign Type/Substrate Schedules
GR8.series Wiring/Lighting Diagrams and Schedules
GR9.series User Defined
Visual Paging System
VP0.series General Notes, Abbrev., and Symbols
VP1.series Site Plan, Work Outside of Building
VP2.series Floor Plans
VP3.series Riser and Single-line Diagrams
VP4.series Details
VP5.series Device Schedules
VP6.series Panel Schedules
VP7.series Wiring Identification Schedules
VP8.series User Defined
VP9.series User Defined
Environmental Drawings
V0.series General Notes, Abbreviations, and Symbols
V1 series Petroleum Contaminated Soil, Gravel & Water from Demolition
Activities
V2.series Petroleum Contaminated Soil, Gravel & Water from Utility
Construction Activities
V3.series Asbestos Containing Material (ACM)
V4.series PCB Hazardous Materials
V5.series Soil Stockpile Details/Details
V6.series Other Hazardous Materials
Page 251 of 367
Appendix C, Dimension and Linetype Scale Factors

Description
This chart provides the conversion factors for dimension and linetype scales for model and
layout tabs.
LINETYPE AND DIMENSION SCALE CONVERSION CHART

Architectural Scale
SCALE
UNITS PER
12
1"=1"
1-1/2"=1'-0"
1"=1'-0"
3/4"=1'-0"
1/2"=1'-0"
3/8"=1'-0"
1/4"=1'-0"
3/16"=1'-0"
1/8"=1'-0"
1/16"=1'-0"
1/32"=1'-0"
1/64"=1'-0"
1
8
12
16
24
32
48
64
96
192
384
768
Engineering Scale
Decimal Scale
SCALE
UNITS PER
12
SCALE
UNITS PER
12
1"=10'
1"=20'
1"=30'
1"=40'
1"=50'
1"=60'
1"=100'
1"=200'
1"=300'
1"=400'
1"=500'
1"=600'
1"=1000'
120
240
360
480
600
720
1200
2400
3600
4800
6000
7200
12000
1=10
1=20
1=30
1=40
1=50
1=60
1=100
1=200
1=300
1=400
1=500
1=600
1=1000
12
24
36
48
60
72
120
240
360
480
600
720
1200
Page 252 of 367
Page 253 of 367
Page 254 of 367
Appendix F, Drawing Lists
Example 1 (Excel program)
Page 255 of 367
Example 2
Page 256 of 367
Example 3
Example 4
Page 257 of 367
Appendix G, DOA Text Statistics

Description
This appendix gives the values for various DOA text styles.
DOA Building
Description
User Text (Large)
User Text (Medium)
User Text (Small)
Style/Layer
TITLE
ATTTEXT
DIMDEXT
Object Label Text

Annotation Text
Attribute Text
Dimension Text
Plan Grid Bubble Text
Section Mark Text
Detail Mark Text
Miscellaneous Anno. Text
Border Text (Large)
Border Text (Medium)
Border Text (Small)
Title Block Text (Large)
Title Block Text (Medium)
Title Block Text (Small)
Title Text (Large)
Title Text (Medium)
Title Text (Small)
Schedule Text (Titles)
Schedule Text (Entries)
Schedule Text (Notes)
Legend Text (Large)
Legend Text (Medium)
Legend Text (Small)
Table Annotation Text
Match Line Text
Annotation, Leaders, etc
SUBTITLE
TEXT
OBJECTEXT
ANNTEXT
GRIDTEXT
ANNSXTEXT
ANNDTEXT
ANNSYMTEXT
BORDERTEXTTL
BORDERTEXTM
BORDERTEXTS
TITLEBLKL
TITLEBLKM
TITLEBLKS
TITEXTL
TITEXTM
TITEXTS
SCHTEXTL
SCHTEXTM
SCHTEXTS
LGDTEXTL
LGDTEXTM
LGDTEXTS
ANNTABLE
MATCHTEXT
NOTE-ANNO
Font
Futurah
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Futurah
Romans
Romans
Futurah
Romans
Romans
Futurah
Romans
Romans
Futurah
Romans
Romans
Futurah
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Romans
Height
1/4
3/16
1/8
3/16
1/8
1/8
1/8
3/16
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
3/16
1/8
1/4
3/16
1/8
1/4
3/16
1/8
1/4
3/16
1/8
1/4
3/16
1/8
1/8
9/64
Color
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
3
2
4
3
2
4
3
2
4
3
2
4
3
2
2
3
9
Page 258 of 367
Appendix H, Titleblocks and Logos

The standard borders are for preparing full size 34x22 drawings and 8x11,
8x14 and 11x17sketch sheets.
PHL/PNE 8x11 Portrait
PHL/PNE 8x11 Landscape
Page 259 of 367
Page 260 of 367
PHL/PNE34x22 Full size Cover Sheet
The above Cover Sheet template (PHL_34x22CVRSHT.dwt), provided on the DOA

CAD Standards CD, is to be used as the Cover Sheet for the project. Insert your project
information by editing the attributed blocks contained on the sheet. For example, two
lines have been provided for the Project Title. If more Project Title lines are needed,
simply insert the next sequential attributed Project_Title block that has been created and
provided for you on this sheet and edit the attributes to display the Project Title
information.
PLEASE NOTE!: This attributed Cover sheet MUST BE USED so that the Project
drawings may be easily incorporated into the DOAs File Management
System. Should you need any additional information, please contact
the Planning Unit for further instructions. EACH AUTOCAD
DRAWING SHOULD CONTAIN EXACTLY ONE PLOT SHEET
(LAYOUT).
Page 261 of 367
PHL/PNE 34x22 Full size Project Sheet
The Project Sheet template (PHL_34x22TBLK.dwt), also provided on the DOA CAD
Standards CD, is to be used for all other sheets of the Project. Insert your Project
information by editing the attributed blocks contained in the titleblock. Again, if more
lines are needed in the titleblock, insert the next sequential attributed block that has been
created and provided for you on this sheet and edit the attributes to reflect Project and
Sheet title information.
PLEASE NOTE!: These attributed Project sheets MUST BE USED so that the Project
drawings may be easily incorporated into the DOAs File Management
System. Should you need any additional information, please contact
the Planning Unit for further instructions. EACH AUTOCAD
DRAWING MUST CONTAIN EXACTLY ONE PLOT SHEET
(LAYOUT).
Page 262 of 367
PHL / PNE Logos

The standard logos are taken from the Philadelphia International Airport Marketing and
Public Affairs Visual Identity Style Guide (September 2004) and must be used in
accordance with this guide. Below each logo is the logo name that can be found in the
Visual Identity Style Guide.
phl_only
pne_only
phlpne_full
phl_full
pne_full
phlpne_stdurl
phl_fullurl
pne_fullurl
phlpne_fullurl
phlpne_stacked
phlpne_stackedurl
phlpne_only
phlpne_std
Page 263 of 367
APPENDIX I - Design Criteria Drawing

Page 264 of 367
MARKETPLACE-REDWOOD TENANT KEY PLANS
Page 265 of 367
Page 266 of 367
Page 267 of 367
Page 268 of 367
Page 269 of 367
Page 270 of 367
Page 271 of 367
Page 272 of 367
Page 273 of 367
Page 274 of 367
Page 275 of 367
MARKETPLACE-REDWOOD STOREFRONT IMAGES
Page 276 of 367
Page 277 of 367
Page 278 of 367
Storefront images BC Connector
Page 279 of 367
Page 280 of 367
Page 281 of 367
SUBMISSION CHECKLIST FOR TENANTS
Page 282 of 367
Submission Checklist for Tenants

Introduction:
The following checklist has been designed as a tool to assist the Tenant through the Approval process.
This checklist identifies the information required to address many, but not necessarily all, of the code and criteria issues that could arise for a tenant during the
course of plan review. The checklist also serves to identify the items that receive the most scrutiny during the plan review process. Despite its limitations, using
the checklist as a conscientious review of each project, prior to the initial submission of plans for Approval will result in the shortest possible time between plan
submission and Approval.
This checklist must be filled out and included as part of the S2 and final landlord submission. In the space provided left of each item, enter the page number(s)
of the plans that contain the listed item. All items shown in this checklist must be provided as indicated. For items that are better addressed as a diagram or
narrative submit in 8 x 11 format and attach to this checklist. If an item is deemed not applicable, please indicate by placing N/A in the space provided.
Incomplete submissions will be returned for completion prior to review.
Page 283 of 367
Checklist:
Architectural
General
_______ a.
Provide 2 key plans and identify adjacent tenants and common seating areas (mini-food courts only).
-
Overall Key Plan

Terminal or Concourse Key Plan
_______ b.
Designate lease lines clearly on drawings.
_______ c.
Designate column lines on all drawings.
_______ d.
Provide all signage details
_______ e.
Provide partition details
_______ f.
Provide detail at transition between Airport/Landlord tile and Tenant tile
_______ g.
Submit details and catalog cuts for menu boards
_______ h.
Provide glazing film on any exterior windows open to kitchens or back of house spaces.
_______ i.
The following notes must appear on the drawings

General Construction Requirements
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The use of percussive anchors and impact devices is not permitted.

All core drilling shall be coordinated with the DOA Engineering Department 72 hours in advance.
All penetrations through fire-rated walls, floors and ceilings shall be sleaved and sealed with fire rated sealant. Coordinate all penetrations
with DOA engineering.
Material and equipment shall not be moved through the public corridors until the following approvals are received from the DOA: hours of
movement, and route and transport equipment. No equipment/fixtures shall be brought on site until the weights are submitted and approved.
Painting of pre-cast concrete is not permitted.
Waterproofing membrane and tile is required under all flooring in food tenants, including counters and fixtures.
Food tenant beverage lines are not permitted below the floor. All beverage dispensing lines must be contained within the tenant space.
Operations:
_______ a.
Provide a diagram and description clearly defining food operations, including queue direction and control methods, service line operation,
condiments and trash receptacles.
Page 284 of 367
HVAC
General:
_______a.
The mechanical drawings shall be signed and sealed by an engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. An architectural seal
is not acceptable.
_______b. Provide details of any conditions where the mechanical system touches the airport structure.This includes, but is not limited to floor and
roof penetrations, pipe sleeves, hangers, fire-safeing, roof repair detail for all new roof openings, etc.
_______c. Review the proposed installation of specific cooking appliances with the City of Philadelphia Department of Licenses and Inspections to
determine if an exhaust hood and make-up air will be required.
_______d. Coordinate location of new roof openings and proposed rooftop equipment with existing rooftop equipment within close proximity of
proposed roof-mounted equipment. Submit roof plan.
If it is anticipated that the existing heating and air conditioning systems will be used to condition the space, an analysis of the existing
_______e.
system serving the area must be submitted for review.
Operations:
_______ a.
Provide sequence of operation for air conditioning and exhaust fan automatic temperature control systems.
_______ b.
Design of food service areas should include the amount of heat generated by all cooking devices and whether supplemental air conditioning
equipment is required for the cooking load. It should also include an analysis and review of how cooking odors are controlled in the space.
_______ c.
Provide all calculations and assumptions utilized in design of smoke evacuation system.
Page 285 of 367
Plumbing
General:
_______ a.
The plumbing drawings shall be signed and sealed by and engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. An architectural seal is not
acceptable.
_______ b.
Provide details of any conditions where the plumbing system touches the airport structure. This includes, but is not limited to floor and roof
penetrations, pipe sleeves, hangers, fire-safing and fire-proofings, roof repair details for all new roof openings, etc.
_______ c.
Indicate slope of all waste piping.
_______ d.
Accurately indicate connection points to existing waste and supply lines.
_______ e.
All conduit shall be run parallel and perpendicular to the building lines.
_______ f.
The following notes must appear on the drawings:

General Construction Requirements:
Conform to all the requirements of the Philadelphia Plumbing Code. Pay special attention to the following items:
1. Vent and waste pipe sizing. Branch waste piping exceeding (12) feet in length serving other fixtures requires a vent. Back venting is not
required. Waste and vent piping is a minimum of 3 in diameter. Every branch waste pipe to which a group of two or more fixtures is
connected shall have a vent.
a. Provide cleans-outs are all 90 degree changes in direction on waste lines.
b. All indirect waste lines must be provided with traps.
2. Pipe and Fittings:
a. PVC pipe is prohibited in public buildings.
b. Compression fittings for cast iron pipe are prohibited.
c. Type M copper is prohibited. Use Type K underground and Type L above ground.
d. All valves shall be ball valves.
3. Provide an automatic trap priming system for all floor drains not receiving constant water discharge.
4. Verify with the City of Philadelphia Water Department, Industrial Waste Unit, if a grease interceptor is required for any equipment. Indicate
sizing method.
5. Verify requirements and indicate back flow preventers. Typical locations may include: soda dispensers, icemakers, coffee makers, and wash
down hoods.
6. Indicate all pipe sizes and fixture unit loads.
7. Grease interceptors must be equipped with:
a. An automatic draw-off valve and piping.
b. Fresh air inlets and vacuum breaker.
8. Minimum 1-1/4 waste pipe is required for all food equipment, with the exception of soda fountains, coffee urns and refrigerated cases where
1pipe is acceptable. Maximum length permitted for 1 pipe is 12-0.
9. Each bowl on two or three compartment sinks shall have independent drain lines to the floor sink.
The area of a receptor drain line must be equal to or greater than the total area of all indirect waste lines discharging into it.
Page 286 10.
of 367
Electrical
General
_______ a.
The electrical drawings must be signed and sealed by an engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. An architectural seal
is not acceptable.
_______ b.
Provide details of any conditions where the electrical system touches the airport structure. This includes, but is not limited to floor
and roof penetrations, pipe sleeves, hangers, fire-safing, and fire-proofings, roof repair details for all new roof openings, etc.
_______ c.
The following notes must appear on the drawings:

General Construction Requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Conduit shall be kept at least 12 away from high temperature radiating surfaces.
Run conduit above water and HVAC piping.
Double lock nut and bushings are required for terminations of conduit at sheet metal equipment.
All conduit fittings shall be compression type. Screw fittings are not acceptable.
All holes through floor slabs and walls shall be core drilled. All openings shall be sleeved and sealed with fire resistant sealant.
Run a green ground wire #12 for all electrical circuits.
All conduit and boxes shall be labeled.
All conduit shall be run parallel and perpendicular to the building lines.
All conduit shall be rigidly held in place with pipe straps or approved hangers with not less than one strap or hanger for each 10-0 of
conduit.
All wire shall be type THHN or THWN.
All receptacles shall be 125 volt NEMA 5-20R.
All switches shall be 125 volts.
2x4 fluorescent fixtures shall be specified with T-8 lamps and 120 volt electronic ballast.
Provide disconnects for all equipment no furnished with disconnects or cord and plug connections.
Sprinkler / Fire Protection

General:
_______ a.
The Sprinkler/Fire Protection drawings shall be sealed by an engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. An architectural seal is not
acceptable.
_______ b.
Provide details of any conditions where the Fire Protection/Fire Alarm system touches the airport structure. This includes, but is not limited to
floor and roof penetrations, pipe sleeves, hangers, fire-safing, and fire-proofing, roof repair details for all new roof openings, etc.
_______ c.
Coordinate fire alarm tie-in with DOA system.
_______d.
Sprinkler shop drawings and hydraulic calculations must be submitted for approval prior to doing any work.
END of CHECKLIST
Page 287 of 367
Remodel Tenant Space Checklist

General
By definition, a remodeling will require that all visible finishes be removed and replaced. This is an ideal time for the tenant to consider upgrading the
finish appearance of the tenant space and changing the overall appearance in order to maintain the high quality of retail that has been created at the
Philadelphia International Airport.
In the case of food service tenants, the tenant and Redwood will review each piece of equipment and determine whether or not it is necessary to replace the piece
of equipment if it can be cleaned and reused.
Remodeling also offers a point in time to address issues that may have come into existence since the original approval. Given the nature of the review process at
the Philadelphia International Airport, it is important that the tenant spaces be built and maintained as approved. As a part of the remodeling review, the tenant
must remove all items added since the tenant space was originally approved prior to receiving approval of remodeling plans. In addition, items that have been
flagged by MarketPlace Redwood or the Division of Aviation as deficient and in need of repair, replacement, or removal must be addressed prior to receiving
approval of remodeling plans.
Architectural
_______ Utilize a professional cleaning agency to complete all required cleaning services.
Floors
_______ Repair or replace waterproof membrane as required to maintain membrane integrity.
_______ Regrout around floor penetrations
_______ Regrout tile
_______ Remove all waxes
_______ Replace broken/chipped/cracked tiles
_______ Replace damaged metal transition strip between concourse tile and tenant flooring
_______ Replace broken/chipped/cracked floor base
_______ Replace worn floor materials
Walls
_______ Remove existing wall finish to substrate or studs
_______ Patch and repair damaged gypsum wall board.
Ceilings
_______ Replace existing ceiling system
_______ Evaluate ceiling grid. Replace any bent or damaged grid elements.
_______ Patch and repair damaged gypsum wall board.
Page 288 of 367
Counters/Casework
_______ Remove and replace existing front skirt and counter tops.
_______ Confirm counter meets current ADA requirements.
Equipment, that upon evaluation may be reused
_______ Pull all equipment away from walls, clean on all sides
Security Grilles
_______ Clean grille, both sides, and tracks.
_______ Service grille motor
_______ Test grille, provide report to MarketPlace Redwood.
Mechanical
The following is a list of mechanical items that need to be evaluated by the tenants mechanical engineer. Where deficiencies are discovered, steps must be taken
to repair or replace the defective item.
The following checklist has been developed as a guide to use in evaluating the existing conditions and cleaning and replacing items to ensure proper function in
the coming years. Where requested, provide appropriate reports to MarketPlace Redwood as a part of the construction close-out package.
_______ Evaluate the mechanical system that exists in the tenant space and determine if the system as designed will meet the needs of the tenant after the
remodeling.
_______ Test VAV box
_______ Clean ductwork. Provide service report to MarketPlace Redwood
_______ Clean all supply and return air grilles.
_______ Replace filters and belts. Provide maintenance record to MarketPlace Redwood.
_______ Test thermostat, replace as required
_______ Rebalance HVAC system. Submit report to MarketPlace Redwood.
_______ Test smoke control system
_______ Evaluate the condition of insulation. Replace as necessary. Confirm the integrity of all joints. Apply new adhesive as necessary to maintain insulation
integrity.
Food Service Tenants
_______ Clean exhaust hood
_______ Clean exhaust fans
_______Page
Clean
grease guard
289 of 367
Electrical
The following is a list of electrical items that need to be evaluated by the tenants mechanical engineer. Where deficiencies are discovered, steps must be taken to
repair or replace the defective item.
_______ Confirm breaker circuit labels are correct
_______ Replace all ballasts and lamps
_______ Re-certify the electrical panel
_______ Confirm all wiring is in conduit
_______ Evaluate transformer and confirm operating properly
_______ Confirm disconnects provided for all equipment
_______Confirm electrical conduit is run above water and HVAC piping
_______ Confirm all conduit fittings are compression type. Confirm fittings are tight.
_______ Evaluate the integrity of all fire-safing and smoke seals where required at pipe penetrations. Repair as required
_______ Confirm that all conduit and boxes are labeled. Provide missing labels.
_______ Evaluate the integrity of pipe straps and hangers, replace as necessary. Confirm spacing is in compliance with the Tenant Design Manual.
Page 290 of 367
Plumbing
The following is a list of plumbing items that need to be evaluated by the tenants mechanical engineer. Where deficiencies are discovered, steps must be taken to
repair or replace the defective item.
_______ Remove and clean all traps
_______ Evaluate all pipe joints, fittings, and valves, repair or replace as necessary
_______ Remove and clean grinder
_______ Remove and clean grease trap
_______ Install water meter
_______ Replace hot water heater
_______ Evaluate the integrity of pipe insulation, replace as necessary
_______ Evaluate the integrity of pipe hangers, replace as necessary. Confirm spacing is in compliance with the Tenant Design Manual.
_______ Confirm each clean-out is functional
_______ Evaluate the integrity of all fire-safing and smoke seals where required at pipe penetrations. Repair as required.
Fire Alarm, Smoke Detectors, and Sprinklers

_______ Test sprinkler system, provide report to MarketPlace Redwood
_______ Evaluate all valves and fittings. Replace as required.
_______ Evaluate tamper switch. Confirm functioning properly.
_______ Evaluate the integrity of pipe hangers, replace as necessary. Confirm spacing is in compliance with the Tenant Design Manual.
_______ Evaluate the condition of sprinkler heads. Clean, repair or replace as necessary to ensure safe operation. Remove post factory paint.
_______ Test the fire alarm system, provide report to MarketPlace Redwood
_______ Test smoke detectors. Replace as necessary.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 291 of 367
FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS
Page 292 of 367
Floor Transition Details

sk 1.1 Tile to Tile and Tile to Vinyl
sk 1.2 Tile to Carpet and Tile to Terrazzo
sk 1.3 Door Threshold Details
Page 293 of 367
Page 294 of 367
Page 295 of 367
Page 296 of 367
Penetration Details
sk 2.1
sk 2.2
sk 2.3
sk 2.4
sk 2.5
sk 2.6
sk 2.7
sk 2.8
sk 2.9
Typical Sleeve Detail, Concrete on Metal Deck

Typical Sleeve Detail, Concrete Slab
Floor Sink Detail, Concrete on Metal Deck
Floor Sink Detail, Concrete Slab
Floor Patch Detail, Concrete on Metal Deck
Floor Patch Detail, Concrete Slab
Rated Wall Penetration
Rated Wall Penetration
Rated Floor Penetration
Page 297 of 367
Page 298 of 367
Page 299 of 367
Page 300 of 367
Page 301 of 367
Page 302 of 367
Page 303 of 367
Page 304 of 367
Page 305 of 367
Page 306 of 367
Waterproof Membrane Details

sk 3.1 Waterproofing at Food Court Front Counter Detail
sk 3.2 Waterproofing at Demising Partitions
Page 307 of 367
Page 308 of 367
Page 309 of 367
Expansion Joint Details

sk 4.1
sk 4.2
sk 4.3
sk 4.4
Expansion Joint at Terrazzo Flooring

Expansion Joint at Carpet Flooring
Expansion Joint at GWB Ceiling
Expansion Joint at Accoustical Ceiling
Page 310 of 367
Page 311 of 367
Page 312 of 367
Page 313 of 367
Page 314 of 367
Demising Wall Details

sk 5.1
sk 5.2
sk 5.3
sk 5.4
Partition to Window Wall

Tenant to Common Area Demising Partition
Tenant to Tenant Demising Partition
Demising Partition at Concrete Tees
Page 315 of 367
Page 316 of 367
Page 317 of 367
Page 318 of 367
Page 319 of 367
Food Court Demising Details

sk 6.1
sk 6.2
sk 6.3
sk 6.4
sk 6.5
sk 6.6
sk 6.7
sk 6.8
sk 6.9
sk 6.10
sk 6.11
sk 6.12
sk 6.13
sk 6.14
Elevation Demising Pier - A West

Plan Details Demising Pier - A West/BC
End Boundary Pier - A West
Counter Front - General Food Court
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Elevation Demising Pier - BC
Soffit Detail - General Food Court
Elevation Demising Pier - A East, B, C, D, E, F
Plan Detail Demising Pier - A East, B, C, D, E, F
Plan Detail Demising Pier - A East, B, C, D, E, F
Page 320 of 367
Page 321 of 367
Page 322 of 367
Page 323 of 367
Page 324 of 367
Page 325 of 367
Page 326 of 367
Page 327 of 367
Page 328 of 367
Page 329 of 367
Storefront Details
sk 7.1
sk 7.2
sk 7.3
sk 7.4
sk 7.5
sk 7.6
sk 7.7
sk 7.8
sk 7.9
sk 7.10
sk 7.11a
sk 7.11b
Security Grill / Arcade - A West

Security Grill - A West
Storefront Section - A West
Plan Detail - A West
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Storefront Section - BC
Storefront Plan Detail - BC
Storefront Plan Detail - BC
Page 330 of 367
Page 331 of 367
Page 332 of 367
Page 333 of 367
Page 334 of 367
Page 335 of 367
Page 336 of 367
Page 337 of 367
Construction Barricade
sk 8.1 Construction Barricade Section and Specification
Page 338 of 367
Page 339 of 367
Mechanical / Electrical
sk 15.1
sk 15.2
sk 15.3
sk 15.4
sk 15.5
sk 15.6
sk 15.7
sk 15.8
sk 15.9
sk 15. 10
sk 15.11
sk 15.12
sk 15.13
sk 15.14
Vent Thru Roof Detail

Grease Guard
Pipe Penetration Detail
Equipment Support Detail
Equipment Support Detail
Through Roof Equipment Support Detail
Service Entrance Detail - A East - E
Service Entrance Detail - A West
Service Entrance Detail - F
Smog Hog
Kitchen Ventilation Hood with Water Wash Detail
Gas Meter Diagram
Pipe Hanger Detail
Electrical Meter Wiring
Page 340 of 367
Page 341 of 367
Page 342 of 367
Page 343 of 367
Page 344 of 367
Page 345 of 367
Page 346 of 367
Page 347 of 367
Page 348 of 367
Page 349 of 367
Page 350 of 367
Page 351 of 367
Page 352 of 367
Page 353 of 367
Page 354 of 367
Schedules
sk 16.1
sk 16.2
sk 16.3
sk 16.4
sk 16.5
sk 16.6
sk 16.7
sk 16.8
sk 16.9
sk 16.10
sk 16.11
sk 16.12
Exhaust Air Fan Schedule

Heat Gain Calculations
Heat Loss Calculations
Plumbing Equipment Schedule
Natural Gas Load Schedule
Equipment Schedule
Electrical Load Analysis
One Line Diagram - A West
One Line Diagram - BC North Side
One Line Diagram - BC South Side
One Line Diagram - Terminals and Concourses
Electrical Panel Board Schedule
Note:
Schedules to be completed by the Tenant Engineer as appropriate and applicable and included in the construction documents.
Page 355 of 367
Page 356 of 367
Page 357 of 367
Page 358 of 367
Page 359 of 367
Page 360 of 367
Page 361 of 367
Page 362 of 367
Page 363 of 367
Page 364 of 367
Page 365 of 367
Page 366 of 367
Page 367 of 367

Tenant Design Manual PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Tenant Design Manual PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

PHILADELPHIA INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT

TENANT DESIGN and CONSTRUCTION MANUAL

Tenant Design and Construction Manual

Design Approval Process....page 16

Post Construction & Project Closeout.page 47

Airport Standard Detailspage 152

Building and Work Permit Applications.page 177

LEED Sample Project Checklist Retail....page 185

LEED Sample Project Checklist Food and Beverage......page 188

LEED Sample Project Checklist Office...page 191

CAD Design Standards....page 194-264

Regulations, Standards and Guidelines

7. The following Codes apply to work to be completed in Tinicum Township:

Since a majority of the airport terminal building sanitary flows to the

Tenant vs. DOA Responsibilities

CONSTRUCTION AND PERMITTING PROCESS FOR NEW TENANTS

New Facility or space

Tenant Hires Design

Design Team To Confirm

Complete Concept Design and Submit

Address Concept Design

Submit Permit Documents to DOA Engineering

Obtain Written Authorization from

Proceed with AHJ Permitting

CONSTRUCTION AND PERMITTING PROCESS FOR EXISTING TENANTS

New Facility or space

Coordinate all work

Minor repairs and

Tenant Hires Design

Design Team to Confirm

Submit Permit Documents to DOA Engineering

Obtain Written Authorization from

Proceed with AHJ Permitting

AHJ AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION PROCESS

After DOA has

Submit Document for Permits to:

CONSTRUCTION PHASE FLOW DIAGRAM

DOA to Issue Notice to

Begin Construction Activity

Submit Field Changes

Submit Record As-Built

Philadelphia International Airport

Northeast Philadelphia Airport

PART II GETTING STARTED

MarketPlace-Redwood Concession Tenant Spaces:

Other facilities owned or leased by Tenants at PHL and PNE Airports:

DOA Application For Airport Permit:

Defining Scope of Work

Evaluate the effects of the construction or alteration on operating procedures

Obtaining Record As-Built Drawings

PART III - DESIGN APPROVAL PROCESS

Engineering Department - Permit Applications

Division Of Aviation Review

Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) Review and Permit

o City Planning Commission

Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) 7460, Finding Of No Significant Impact

Document and information shall be submitted to:

Delaware County Planning Department

Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry

Sprinklers or fire wall ratings in shaft and machine rooms.

International Building Code 2006 Chapter 11 (Accessibility) and Accessibility Advisory

MarketPlace-Redwood Design Approval Process